<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:blogger='http://schemas.google.com/blogger/2008' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005" xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802</id><updated>2024-09-04T12:30:19.150-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Audio Engineer Recompilations</title><subtitle type='html'>The best articles of the web on this web!&#xa;&#xa;Mixing, recording, mastering, effects, processors, and many more.&#xa;&#xa;Enjoy!</subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default?redirect=false'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>25</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-3375644401964695589</id><published>2011-05-01T12:15:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-05-01T12:22:17.112-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Studio Acoustics and Soundproofing Basics</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class=&quot;img-left img-headline&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;img-caption&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;float: left; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; margin-right: 1em; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/media/blog/2010/12/Sonex600square.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Sonex 600 Foam Squares&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;200&quot; src=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/media/blog/2010/12/Sonex600square.jpg&quot; width=&quot;200&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;Sonex 600 Acoustic Foam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The science of acoustics is something that tends to alternately  baffle and intimidate most of us. Outside of a handful of highly trained  individuals, the aspects of what makes a room sound a certain way is  looked upon as a sort of black art. Performance venues and upscale  recording studios routinely include acoustic designers in their  construction budgets, spending considerable sums of money in pursuit of  sonic perfection.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;But for the average musician, budgeting for acoustic treatment has  traditionally ranked well below the more tangible fun stuff like  instruments, mics, recording gear, plug-ins, toys and more toys. Even if  you’re at liberty to physically alter your space without incurring a  landlord’s wrath, budgeting for two-by-fours, sheetrock and caulking  doesn’t tend to hold the same appeal as that new channel strip plug-in  or twelve-string you’ve been pining for.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Fortunately, the same technological revolution that has brought  multitracking into spare bedrooms and one-car garages has also created  low-cost solutions for many of the common acoustical issues facing the  average project studio. In this month’s Studio Basics we’ll look at some  ideas to smooth out your sonic nightmares.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Just Scratching the Surfaces&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Let’s start off with a disclaimer: the purpose of this article is not  to give you an education on acoustics. There are plenty of  authoritative books on the subject, among them F. Alton Everest’s  classic “How to Build a Small Budget Recording Studio from Scratch,” as  well as a wealth of great articles and web posts. Rather, our goal here  is to talk about some of the most common issues we encounter in our  musical spaces, and some of the means available to address them.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;That said, let’s divide the concept of acoustic treatment into some  basic categories. There’s insulation, which usually entails keeping the  sounds of the outside world out, or keeping your own sounds in. Closely  related is isolation – the art of keeping individual sounds from  bleeding too heavily into each other.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The other challenge is a bit more subtle, and has to do with how our  rooms affect the sounds we’re creating in them. In any given space, the  characteristics of that space have a direct effect on what we’re  hearing. That’s why an instrument will sound different in a large hall  than it will in a small club. It’s also the reason your mix sounds so  different in your home studio than it does when you’re squirming in your  chair in that A&amp;amp;R guy’s office.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The average home studio or rehearsal space rarely does well in  addressing any of these issues. Most times we’re dealing with a spare  bedroom, converted garage, basement or loft, none of which boast  construction aspects that are in any way conducive to good sound. Thin,  parallel walls, boxy shaped rooms, low ceilings and rattling window  frames are only some of the enemies we face.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Even a few short years ago, the only way to address these issues  involved massive amounts of money, materials and frustration. While the  ultimate solution is still to plan and construct a purpose-built  environment from the ground up, these days there are a number of ways to  markedly improve your odds of making your workspace sound better  without having to sell your instruments or smash your fingers.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/media/blog/2010/12/basics_traps.png&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;181&quot; src=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/media/blog/2010/12/basics_traps.png&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;Bass Traps&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Soundproofing and Insulation&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;One of the most frustrating aspects of sound is that it will go where  it wants to, and find its way through any space via any available path.  That’s why it’s so important (and so difficult) to block any potential  points where sound can leak through. In all cases, mass is your friend –  the thicker and more dense your walls are, the better they’ll be at  stopping sound.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Even more effective is mass combined with air. The most common  construction&amp;nbsp; technique is what’s known as a “floating room,” where an  entirely new set of walls, floor and ceiling are built within the  existing space, detached and separated by several inches from the  outside walls (and, in the case of flooring, by rubberized “floaters”  that lessen the transfer of vibrations). If you’re constructing your own  space, there are companies that offer soundproofed doors and windows,  as well as soundproof wall panels in pre-set or custom sizes.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Even if you don’t have the luxury of new construction, sealing areas  of potential leakage in your existing structure will go a long way  toward keeping the inside sounds in and outside out. For doors and  window frames, look for the thickest, most dense weatherstripping that  will fit in the allotted space. Use caulking to seal around areas like  heating and air conditioning ducts, electrical outlet boxes, lighting  fixtures, unfinished drywall joints and, if you’ve got them, tiled  ceilings. While there are countless varieties of commercially available  caulks and sealants, consider a latex sealant designed for acoustical  applications.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You can also accomplish a lot by adding sound blocking layers to your  existing walls. Several companies offer low-vibration materials which  are exceptionally dense but surprisingly thin and lightweight.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;If You Can’t Do the Whole Room…&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;For many of us, especially those who can eschew live drums, the toil  and expense of insulating the entire room can be avoided by simply  isolating only those elements that need it. In traditional studios,  isolation booths have long been used to separate the vocalist or drummer  during a live take. While these tend to be of the  permanently-constructed variety, a number of companies offer various  sizes of portable, lightweight “iso-booths” that can be assembled  quickly and easily when and where you need them. Alternatively, you can  search the web and find plans to build your own.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Another variation on the iso-booth that has become increasingly  popular is the amplifier chamber. These can vary from small,  soundproofed boxes just large enough to hold your guitar amp and a mic  stand, to cabinets with speaker and mic (XLR) jack built in.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Your Biggest Fan&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;float: right; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; margin-left: 1em; text-align: right;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/media/blog/2010/12/basics_sonexcasewb.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;320&quot; src=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/media/blog/2010/12/basics_sonexcasewb.jpg&quot; width=&quot;281&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;Sonex Computer Case&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Your computer can be one of the biggest contributors of noise in your  studio space. Particularly if your room is otherwise relatively quiet,  the background hum of one or more computers can adorn your delicate  acoustic tracks with all the ambience of a runway at Heathrow.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If you’re reasonably computer-savvy (or know someone who is),  replacing your computer’s stock fan with a whisper-silent one is a quick  way to reduce the noise. Another option is to look into sound-dampening  cases with quiet cooling systems, which can knock off several decibels  of noise, as well as cabinets that will completely enclose your  computer’s CPU.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Semi-Isolation&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In many cases, complete isolation is neither necessary nor desirable.  As anyone who has ever recorded a live band will tell you, a little  leakage can be a good thing, adding a natural sounding element that’s  sometimes lost by separating things too much. Sometimes a bit of  baffling between players and/or amps is all that’s necessary to provide  enough separation for a decent recording.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;This is typically accomplished with a gobo, a small portable wall  panel around four or five feet tall. Many people build their own,  sometimes covering one side with carpet or other absorbent material, the  other with a reflective surface like parquet, and putting them on  wheels for easy maneuvering. You can also find pre-manufactured versions  of these, as well as transparent acrylic panels to surround the drummer  but still allow for that all-important eye contact.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Fixing the Vibe&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Let’s shift gears now and talk about the other major challenge in any  studio: controlling the sonic characteristics of your space. Every  acoustic environment’s sound is dictated by a number of factors,  including the distance between walls, the height of the ceiling, the  angles at which the walls meet and the materials comprising the  surfaces, not to mention the composition and placement of tables,  pictures and other surfaces, furniture, curtains, etc.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;For the vast majority of us, our creative environments end up being  places like basement rooms, garages or second bedrooms – typically  smallish boxes with parallel walls. These types of spaces tend to  encourage the buildup of standing waves, resonant frequencies and other  sonic anomalies that can substantially color what we’re hearing, rarely  for the better. The hard surface of a side or rear wall can create  reflections that can significantly change the sound of your mix.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step One – Identify the Problem&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Many of today’s software programs offer tools to help identify some  of the most common issues. Spectral analyzers, also known as Real Time  Audio meters (RTA’s), are basically meters that break the sound down by  various frequency groups, and can tell you a lot about what your room is  (or isn’t) doing to your mix. By using a reasonably sensitive  microphone in various spots throughout the room, an RTA can help to  identify areas where there’s an excess buildup of certain frequencies.  Some audio software applications have RTA’s built into the program. You  can also get dedicated software or hardware units that can perform the  same function.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;One important caveat here: meters can be invaluable when used  correctly, but meters don’t mix music – your ears do. Trust your ears  first and foremost. Listen and compare, then use the meters to verify  what you’re hearing.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Stop and Reflect&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Generally, your best defense against unwanted reflections is to  attack problem areas with a combination of absorption and diffusion.  Absorptive materials prevent or greatly reduce reflection, while  diffusers break up the reflection, scattering the waves in a multitude  of different directions and greatly lessening their impact.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;img-left img-headline&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;img-caption&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;float: left; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Bass Bin&quot; height=&quot;243&quot; src=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/media/blog/2010/12/basics_bassbin.png&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot; width=&quot;130&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;Bass Bin Trap&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Much can be accomplished using common sense and everyday materials.  The rear wall of my office/project room has a large, floor-to-ceiling  bookshelf, fully stocked. Heavy carpeting and thick, theater-style  curtains also work well, and you’d be surprised at the difference a  strategically placed overstuffed sofa can make. But a number of  commercial (and slightly less unwieldy) products are also available,  including acoustic foams, fiberglass panels and blankets.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Also available are a number of diffuser products –  geometrically-shaped panels and materials that, attached to your flat  surfaces at strategic locations, can go a long way toward breaking up  and eliminating reflections. And a number of companies offer products  created of dense, uneven materials that will both absorb and diffuse  sound waves, giving you the best of both worlds.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Bass traps, also known as barrel diffusers, are another popular means  of addressing specific areas of your environment. Their typically  cylindrical shape and uneven, absorptive finish work wonders to break up  reflections in problem areas of your room. I’ve seen people construct  these from plastic trash cans, though less inelegant versions are  available commercially. Many companies offer bass traps that also  perform as speaker stands, studio furniture, and even entire modular  environments.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Conclusion&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;As I mentioned at the top of this article, the science of acoustics  can be wide-ranging and confusing. While we know a lot about how sound  behaves and what to expect out of a given space, there are always enough  variables to keep it interesting. A new instrument, more bodies in the  room, even changes in the weather….everything can influence the way  things sound. What works for one situation may not be ideal for another,  and the best we can do is to try and create as neutral and objective a  listening environment as possible. Arm yourself with good monitors,  meters and spectral analyzers, identify and correct obvious problem  areas, and listen to as many different types of music, mixes and  instruments as you can. But at the end of the day the most important  tools you have are your ears – if it sounds good, it probably is good.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.uaudio.com&amp;nbsp;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.hypersmash.com&quot;&gt;hypersmash.com&lt;/a&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/3375644401964695589/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/05/studio-acoustics-and-soundproofing.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/3375644401964695589'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/3375644401964695589'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/05/studio-acoustics-and-soundproofing.html' title='Studio Acoustics and Soundproofing Basics'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-6677673326664836317</id><published>2011-04-28T07:59:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-05-01T12:16:21.115-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Noise Colours &amp; Types</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Certain noises are described by their colour, for example, the term &quot;white noise&quot; is common in audio production and other situations. Some of these names are official and technical, others have more loose definitions. These terms generally refer to random noise which may contain a bias towards a certain range of frequencies.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Black Noise&lt;/b&gt;  A term with numerous conflicting definitions, but most commonly refers to silence with occasional spikes.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Blue Noise&lt;/b&gt;  Contains more energy as the frequency increases.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Brown Noise&lt;/b&gt;  Mimics the signal noise produced by brownian motion.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Gray Noise&lt;/b&gt;  Similar to white noise, but has been filtered to make the sound level appear constant at all frequencies to the human ear.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Green Noise&lt;/b&gt;  An unofficial term which can mean the mid-frequencies of white noise, or the &quot;background noise of the world&quot;.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Orange Noise&lt;/b&gt;  An unofficial term describing noise which has been stripped of harmonious frequencies.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Pink Noise&lt;/b&gt;  Contains an equal sound pressure level in each octave band. Energy decreases as frequency increases.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Purple Noise&lt;/b&gt;  Contains more energy as the frequency increases.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Red Noise&lt;/b&gt;  An oceanographic term which describes ambient underwater noise from distant sources. Also another name for brown noise.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;White Noise&lt;/b&gt;  Contains an equal amount of energy in all frequency bands.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Note: Some of these definitions refer to &quot;all frequencies&quot;. This is only theoretical — in practice this means &quot;all frequencies in a finite range&quot;. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mediacollege.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.mediacollege.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/6677673326664836317/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/noise-colours-types.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/6677673326664836317'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/6677673326664836317'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/noise-colours-types.html' title='Noise Colours &amp; Types'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-2175622071748872242</id><published>2011-04-27T11:31:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-27T11:31:45.597-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Best &amp; most popular (DAW) Digital Audio Workstation Software of 2011</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;This could not have been very difficult as you can simply ask this question in the top recording forums or even start a poll/survey. But potential problem could be that forum users can be paid by the software company to promote their products by answering polls and post in forums. Bear in mind those users in the home recording/audio forums are not true representative of the entire DAW user population so the result are not entirely accurate.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Therefore, to find out the reality aside from doing a survey/polls/asking a question is to get it from the most reliable data source – Google trends and searches tool. Google Inc. takes care in providing the most accurate data as possible. The results are also worldwide so it’s pretty a good representative of the entire DAW user population.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The first thing I did is to list all the known DAW commercial software available in the market. I came up with these lists:&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;1.) Ableton Live&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;2.) Acid Pro&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;3.) Adobe Audition&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;4.) Apple Garageband&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;5.) Apple Logic&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;6.) Cakewalk Sonar&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;7.) Cockos Reaper&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;8.) Cubase&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;9.) FL Studio&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;10.) Magix Samplitude&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;11.) Magix Sequoia&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;12.) Mixcraft&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;13.) Nuendo&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;14.) Pro Tools&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;15.) Propellerhead Reason&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;16.) Reaper Cockos&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;17.) Sony Sound Forge&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The next thing is to get their search volume in Google using this tool:&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;https://adwords.google.com/select/KeywordToolExternal.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;This shows how many users are actually looking for this DAW in Google search engine. This is a monthly figure and the higher this number, the more popular is the DAW. Below is the result: &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audiorecording.me/wordpress/postimages/digital_audio_workstation_volume.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;277&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audiorecording.me/wordpress/postimages/digital_audio_workstation_volume.jpg&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;It’s surprising and sometimes hard to believe that FL Studio is the most popular DAW based on popularity by search volume. It overtakes Cubase, Adobe Audition and Ableton Live in terms of popularity. Personally, I didn’t expect FL Studio to be this popular. I don’t know exactly the reason. Maybe it’s due to its price, features, ease of use and popularity among hip hop producers which of course one of most popular type of music genre today. I always thought either Cubase or Pro tools command the DAW popularity because they already been there in the business for some time already. And also take note that Pro tools have been regarded as the industry standard in DAW (http://bit.ly/hgZutw). The above data also shows that the top 5 DAW hold approximately 80% of what the users are looking for (see the cumulative column).&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;So what happens basically in the past 7 years? How did this came to happen? You can take a look at the details by using Google trends: http://www.google.com/trends. Let’s plot and analyze the trend of the top 5 performing DAW (FL Studio, Cubase, Adobe Audition, Pro tools and Ableton Live):&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audiorecording.me/wordpress/postimages/googletrenddawdata.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;198&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audiorecording.me/wordpress/postimages/googletrenddawdata.jpg&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Based on the data it clearly reveals that in the year 2004 to 2009, Cubase holds the DAW overall popularity and is the choice for most users. FL Studio at the time (in 2004) is still in the bottom of top 5. Protools and Cubase did hold a significant share in the popularity in year 2004 to 2009. But things happen really slowly, FL Studio continuously becoming popular starting in the year 2005 until now (as shown by the increasing popularity trend.).&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Adobe Audition and Ableton Live has similar share in the user’s popularity. Sad to take note that Cubase popularity went down significantly in the last 7 years and it was overtaken by FL Studio and Protools sometime in the year 2010.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Conclusion and Recommendations: Does being popular also means it’s the best? It’s not true at all times. But another question is why FL Studio became so very popular? Why did Cubase popularity went down significantly in the last 7 years only to be overtaken by FL Studio? Some might answer because the price is lower which means it is very affordable. Some might answer because it is relatively easy to use and some will say they have great documentation and manuals as well as community support. Some will also testify that the features are complete for the very low price they paid (best bang for your buck). Or some users might also answer that FL Studio is a very light program and take very little amount of system resources to operate. Does this imply that FL Studio is now the best DAW software? You decide. Wait; let’s see what will happen in the next couple of years.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audiorecording.me/&quot;&gt;http://www.audiorecording.me&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/2175622071748872242/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/best-most-popular-daw-digital-audio.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/2175622071748872242'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/2175622071748872242'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/best-most-popular-daw-digital-audio.html' title='Best &amp; most popular (DAW) Digital Audio Workstation Software of 2011'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-410849218326171441</id><published>2011-04-26T08:14:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-26T08:14:20.294-07:00</updated><title type='text'>7 Common Recording Mistakes in Pro Home-based Music Production to Avoid</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;MISTAKE #1: Using onboard sound card when recording music to your computer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Onboard soundcard has lot of limitations that could prevent you from creating high quality recordings. It is because they have very low signal to noise ratio it means that the noise created will be substantial over the recordings. The second primary reason is that onboard card will not allow you to record at highest sampling rate/bit depth as possible which is crucial for professional sound recordings. Most onboard cards only support 16-bit/44.1Khz or 48Khz which is not optimum or recommended. The last reason is that they have limited connectivity; onboard card is designed not for professional music productions but for other less audio-intensive apps like gaming and chatting. So if you need to record two instruments simultaneously, you just can’t. Much worse if you are tracking/recording drums :) Instead; invest in high quality audio interfaces such as Tascam US1641 USB 2.0 Audio and MIDI interface&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audiorecording.me/wordpress/postimages/tascamaudiointerface.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;64&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audiorecording.me/wordpress/postimages/tascamaudiointerface.jpg&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In this case, you really do not need a soundcard or an outboard audio mixer. All you need is an audio interface and connect it to your computer using USB 2.0 technology. They accept several inputs and is ideal for recording several instruments at once which includes drums. These audio interface cost around $300 dollars, so if you are on the very tight budget and plans to use a soundcard. You can start with M-audio Audiophile 2496 which allows recording at 24-bit/96Khz format and only cost $95.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;MISTAKE #2: Using Computer/Laptop multimedia speakers for monitoring audio.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;These speakers are not designed for professional audio monitoring. They do not have flat frequency response. As a result, you won’t be able to monitor the details and assess the quality of your recordings objectively. Common multimedia speakers such as Creative, Altec, etc are designed for gaming applications and not suited for serious music production. One of my most favorite entry level professional studio monitor is Yamaha HS80M Studio Reference Monitor:&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audiorecording.me/wordpress/postimages/yamahahs80m.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audiorecording.me/wordpress/postimages/yamahahs80m.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Reference monitors allows you to assess the quality of your recordings accurately because they have a flatter frequency response compared to speakers designed for other applications. These are “powered” studio monitors under $500 and they have exceptionally flat frequency response.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;MISTAKE #3: Not doing pre-production or recording production plan&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If you are aiming to produce the best sounding album as possible, crucial planning is needed. You need to examine what musical instruments or instrumentation is needed to be added to the song to make it sound great. Test things in advance before recording the tracks. In this case, do some pre-production runs, let the band perform and experiment with different arrangements to decide what is good or not.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Then you make a plan and write it on a paper. Sequence your multitrack project in advance, so you will decide how many guitar tracks you need to record. How many vocal takes, back up vocal is needed. Or whether you need to hire violinist to fit the song, etc. Once you have completed that solid plan, then start the recording sesssion.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;MISTAKE #4: Recording and Mixing in UN-treated room acoustics&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Your room that you are recording or mixing has a HUGE impact on the results of your music production. In this case, you need to treat your room properly so that it won’t unncesssary bounce sound waves that could bias your mixing/recording decisions. You can read this tutorial on mixing studio setup acoustic design. This is more in-depth and complete tutorial on home studio acoustics that basically covers everything you need to learn.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;MISTAKE #5: Recording everything in stereo&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Some tracks will only be highly necessary to be recorded in stereo (such as a solo instrument). In a multitrack project, everything should be recorded in 24bit/96Khz mono since these tracks will be mixed and then summed up into a two-channel (left and right) signal known as stereo mixdown.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The file sizes are also less compared to a stereo signal. You can read this post on the advantages of recording mono compared to stereo.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;MISTAKE #6: Do not have a “trained” ear&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If you are working in a studio both as an engineer or a producer, it is a requirement that you have “trained” ear. Your ear is the most powerful studio equipment. This means you can spot out of tune recordings easily, perceive minor changes in volume level, changes in tempo, pitch, noise, etc. There is no overnight success formula to have this asset. Instead you need to trained your ear on a continual basis so that you can sort out what sounds good and what sounds bad. In this case, you need to undergo ear training development exercises for recording/mixing engineers. Do not forget to monitor at reasonable level because consistent loud volume can damage your ears in the long run.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;MISTAKE #7: Not recording in high resolution&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A common newbie mistake is to record at 16bit/44.1Khz. This is not optimal since mixing and mastering needs digital audio sampled at much higher rate such as 24bit/96Khz for best results. It offers a much higher signal to noise ratio and your recording sounds cleaner and with depth.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audiorecording.me/&quot;&gt;http://www.audiorecording.me&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/410849218326171441/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/7-common-recording-mistakes-in-pro-home.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/410849218326171441'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/410849218326171441'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/7-common-recording-mistakes-in-pro-home.html' title='7 Common Recording Mistakes in Pro Home-based Music Production to Avoid'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-6986884476784340565</id><published>2011-04-25T09:21:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-25T09:21:43.330-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Tips in Mixing Electric Guitars using &quot;Double Tracking&quot; Technique</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.guitarlessonworld.com/resources/images/guitarcircle.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;320&quot; src=&quot;http://www.guitarlessonworld.com/resources/images/guitarcircle.jpg&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;One of the key elements in rock mix is thick and heavy guitar sound. One of the effective ways to accomplish this sound in the mixing process is through a technique called as “Double Tracking”. In this post I will illustrate how to double track guitars in the mix with the objective of making it heavy and thick.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Bear in mind there a lot of ways to thicken the guitar sound. Double tracking is one of the easier ways. Alternatively you can do:&lt;/div&gt;&lt;ol style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt;Compression on guitars to make it sound thick.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Applying effects such as maximizer to increase loudness.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Parallel compression.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If the guitar sounds thin and weak, it will tend to affect the commercial appeal of the song especially if it is being marketed as a pure rock or alternative music. It is highly essential to mix things right but…&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The following are the important requirement before you can double track the guitar in the mix:&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Electric guitar photos&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt;The recording of the guitar should be free of noise and normalize to the maximum volume.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If the guitar is recorded twice, it should also be clean and normalized. But it is not required to record it twice.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Record with the best distortion tone you need. Do not record it yet if you are not yet convinced of the distortion tone. Much better to experiment with a live band before starting to record the guitar. The overall purpose is to have a clean and final recording ready for mixing. Remember it is not advisable to fix the distortion tone in the mix; it makes the mixing process to be complicated.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Double check the tuning of the guitars, even slightly out of tune guitars can be problematic since if you double tracked it will tend to worsen the out of tune guitars.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;It is also highly important particularly in the recent pop rock music trend to achieve not only thick guitar sound but it is also a wide guitar sound. This will achieve the “airy” sound of the distorted guitars.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;So how do we start the mix?&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;ol style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt;Start with placing the 1st track in the Track one of the mixing session.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Place the other guitar track in the Track two of the mixing session. If you are recording only once, just copy and paste the wav file in the Track one to Track two.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Pan the Track one to -75 units (left). Depending on your recording software, this could be in %, for example if the maximum left pan setting is 100% so it will be 75/100 or 75%.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Pan the Track two to 75 units (right).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now to get that wide thick sound, you can apply 5ms delay to one of the guitar (either left or right) (mix 100%)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To even make it heavier, do not anymore apply reverb on any of the tracks ( it is highly important that the reverb is from the room and amp based reverb that will be realized during the recording process). It is because if you start applying reverb on the guitar, it will tend to sound weak and far. Since you are mixing for rock, it is important to get the “in your face” guitar sound.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;EQ it properly, do not cut too much bass in the distorted guitar, it will help add the heaviness sound.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Cut 1000Hz and 800 Hz on any guitar to make sound so clean and avoid the cracking sound.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Adjust the track one and track two volume and stop when it is loud enough for the guitar tracks to be heard, not dominating the vocals.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Cut 3000Hz with around -6dB and Q of 1.0 for both guitar tracks.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If your effects are arrange serially below are the sequence of effects that will be placed in each guitar :&amp;nbsp;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;a. Parametric Equalizer&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;b. Compressor&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;c. Reverb (optional) necessary only if the guitar tracks is too dry.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;d. Delay (only on one track)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;It is highly important to rely on your ears to do the settings. Do not believe in holy grail settings of compressor, EQ, they are there to serve as a guide and it is important to stick with the basic principles in double tracked mixing such as above.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/goog_1493382465&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audiorecording.me/&quot;&gt;http://www.audiorecording.me&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/6986884476784340565/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/tips-in-mixing-electric-guitars-using.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/6986884476784340565'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/6986884476784340565'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/tips-in-mixing-electric-guitars-using.html' title='Tips in Mixing Electric Guitars using &quot;Double Tracking&quot; Technique'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-5624121156985625517</id><published>2011-04-22T10:48:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-22T10:48:22.343-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Using Pan, Volume and effects</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You have probably noticed on your mixer there is a &quot;pan&quot; control on nearly every channel.  No, this does not refer to the frying pan the significant other menaced you with after your last trip to the gear store.  Pan is short for &quot;pan pot&quot;.  And Pan Pot is short for Panoramic Potentiometer.  (A potentiometer, by the way, is a fancy word for &quot;knob&quot;.) &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Panning is critical to the makeup of your stereo image.  A stereo image has two basic perspectives, left to right and front to back. Pan pots control the left and right axis.  Volume, reverb, delay, filtering and ambience create the front and back. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/800px-Orchestra_layout.svg.png&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;400&quot; src=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/800px-Orchestra_layout.svg.png&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Simple Panning Tricks for Licks&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In this day of totally staggering possibilities with plugins we often forget how powerful, and critical, the pan knob is to attaining an excellent stereo image.  The main thing here is to keep instruments out of the way of each other so the listener can hear them clearly. Perhaps the most obvious example of this problem is with 2 electric guitars, particularly if distortion is used. Even using one will fill the audio bandwidth significantly, but two turns it quickly into a metal junkyard of cacophony.  It will help immeasurably to pan these two so they are out of each other&#39;s way.  Also make them take turns sometimes.  But you&#39;ll see, if you try this, that panning about 30% will really help things.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;The Image of the Band&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Pretend you are in the audience.  Where&#39;s the keyboard player? Always on the right.  Or extreme left and right if there are two of them.  The Drummer?  Dead center.  The Guitarists are usually at 10 and 2 o&#39;clock, and the vocalist is dead center, in front of the drummer.  Of course you have seen that a million and a half times.  So set up your classic rock mix with that as a guide.  Center the kick and snare, let the cymbals go a little to the side.  If their is a conga player, put them on the left end.  Use the pan controls to bring a focus to the perspective from the audience. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Front and Back&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;It may seem obvious, but we need to say it anyway.  Instruments that we perceive to be closer are louder and have more of a direct, rather than reflected, sound.  The elements of the mix that are important are up front and we hear them most clearly.  Those in the back may have more early  reflections infused into the main sound of the instrument.  In your mix, you might create a reverb just for these early reflections that is separate from the main, hall reverb.  Why is that? Consider being at a concert hall.  The loud elements may bounce off the back wall and ceiling even though they are up front.  Yet the softer instruments in the back may be imbued with reflections but very little of the sound energy may actually bounce off the back wall.  Using 2 reverbs helps in this situation. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Creating a &quot;longer&quot; reverb. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;An old trick is to first run signals through a digital delay, then to the reverb.  We used to have to do this because digital reverb times were shorter than they are today, but the trick still works.  In fact, it has been done on so many recordings that it is a bit of a standard.  Its just the thing for ambient type soundcapes and may be used to mask imperfect vocal performances, as the delay tends to help mask off pitch notes. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Advanced Texture Mix Tip&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Ever wonder why some mixes just jump out at you? It seems like the sound is deep and wide and almost 3 dimensional.  There&#39;s a number of ways to achieve that, some good, some bad.  The most dramatic is reversing the phase on one channel of a stereo mix.  Sound just leaps out, but there is a problem.  Sum to mono and the whole image disappears, what we know as phase cancellation.  Another way to do this is with a combination of a delay and pan controls.  You hard pan the mix left and right and add a tiny, infinitesimal delay to one channel.  I mean really tiny or the mix will get lopsided.  Our ears, conditioned by thousands of years warding off wild animals, can appreciate subtle shifts in the direction a sound comes from.  As you add the delay, listen for the sound to &quot;open up&quot;. It will if you do this right.  Just another thing you can do with simple pan controls. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Panning the Orchestra&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There is no absolute way to create a sonic image of an orchestra, but it does make sense to follow a classic seating chart which helps create a balanced, uniform sonic image.  Note in the example below, how frequency ranges of the instruments (i.e., how bassy, mid range or treble-like the instruments are) tend to avoid conflict.  The Bass Drum is far from the double basses.  Also note how they reinforce each other.  The Cellos and Violas can play one part distinctly on the right while the violins play a different part of the left.  When they all play together there is a pleasing wash of sound, sometimes called a &quot;pad&quot; in electronic lingo.  Note that the woodwinds, perhaps the most melodic of the orchestra, are centered.  As you go to the right, the sound goes from soft to hard, from sweetness to bratty trumpets and tubby tubas.  As you go left, it gets more delicate, with soft horns, piano or harp.  In the back, you have your short and louds, like Piatti (cymbal) Snare, Bass Drum and Timpani.  In the front, you have the long and softs, the strings. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;To pan your MIDI orchestra, 0 should be far left and 127 is far right.  You rarely want to set any instrument to an extreme value.  For example, Harp, might be set to 20, French Horn to 40, Flute to 60, Oboe to 70 and double basses to 110.  The Front strings might be at 40 and the Celli at 89.  Don&#39;t read these numbers as absolutes, they are just an estimate.  Every piece of gear sounds a little different. While all synths have 128 theoretical pan values, many of these values do not do anything to the sound.  Some only change the actual sonic position every 3,  7, 15 values, some even 31 values. So experiment, move things around &quot;a little&quot; and hopefully the sounds will fall into their pocket.   &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/TASGS3ORCH.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;226&quot; src=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/TASGS3ORCH.jpg&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: grey; font-size: 9pt;&quot;&gt;Tascam Gigastudio 3 Orchestra Sampling Software (Windows)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Less is Often More&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Effects should be used minimally.  If a stereo effect is so great that you can no longer pinpoint  the instrument, you used too much. Another tip here is doubling and detuning.  You can make any instrument dramatically wide, yet centered, by putting the same instrument far right (127) and far left (0) and slightly detuning them by about 5-7 cents.  This is a great technique for &quot;wall of sound&quot; like mixes that has strings that appear to &quot;float&quot; on the mix.   Use it sparingly though, as hard panned doubles can easily take up sonic space where other instruments need to go. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Its good advice to work up a mix without any effects and apply them sparingly in the final stages.  After your ears become accustomed to hearing the &quot;in your face&quot; mix, you will notice that as you add effects the mix will become darker, muddier, and less defined.  Again that is a sign that you are going overboard. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;A Final Point&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;What i have hoped to show in this article is simply that conservative settings often play a role in strengthening a mix.  You rarely have to pan anything 100%, you rarely have to max any one fader or effects send out.  Just little bits of signal going to alternate audio paths goes along way towards giving you a breathtaking sonic image.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.tweakheadz.com&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/5624121156985625517/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/using-pan-volume-and-effects.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/5624121156985625517'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/5624121156985625517'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/using-pan-volume-and-effects.html' title='Using Pan, Volume and effects'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-1590686960344959983</id><published>2011-04-22T10:40:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-22T10:40:15.461-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Basic Music Mixing Panning Of Channels</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;This article is as basic as it gets.  It&#39;s for someone who has never used a mixer and panned channels.  In later articles we&#39;ll show you how to use two or three lead vocal tracks, how to pan them, delay them, etc.  This article is the bare basics.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In the stereo field you have a left speaker and a right speaker.  Panning a channel puts that sound somewhere within that field.  If you pan a channel hard left (L90), you will hear the sound playing only out of the left speaker.  Pan a channel center (C0) and you&#39;ll hear the sound coming from directly between the two speakers, right in the center.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Typically in music, certain instruments and sounds consistently appear in the same areas of the stereo field.  Technically, you could pan things anywhere.  But your goal is to pan instruments and vocals in common recognizable areas that leave space for each other.  You could pan every instrument in the song dead center, but if you did, you&#39;d have a train-wreck of noise all on top of each other.  Each instrument needs to have its own space in the stereo field (and in the frequency field). &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Back in the day, the Beatles panned their vocals hard left and the drums hard right in some of their songs.  That wouldn&#39;t work today (or back then either).  While listening on an Ipod, no one would want to hear a guy singing only in their left ear for an entire song.  The industry quickly scrapped that panning experiment.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Here Are Your Basic Panning Starting Points&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Note: C=Center, L=Left, R=Right&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Lead Vocal&lt;/b&gt; - C0 (double and triple vocals are panned in multiple areas)&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Snare&lt;/b&gt; - L5, or C0, or R5&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Kick Drum&lt;/b&gt; - C0&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Hi Hats / Wood Hit, Clicks, Snaps, Etc&lt;/b&gt;. - Between L35 to R35&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cymbals&lt;/b&gt; - Between L10 to R10&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Bass Guitar&lt;/b&gt; - Between L10 to R10&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Lead Guitar&lt;/b&gt; - Could be anywhere, but usually &quot;at least&quot; 20L or 20R off of center.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Keyboards, Piano, Horns, Violins&lt;/b&gt; - Between L80 to R80 or stereo (L90 and R90).   All depend on the song and the arrangement.  Many times these instruments are stereo, but in a full mix sometimes the piano or a horn is only on one side, around L45 or R45.  Also, different musical melodies are sometimes played.  One violin melody could be playing on the left while a different one is being played on the right.  This will be explained in detail in our future &quot;stereo field&quot; and &quot;music arranging&quot; articles.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;I never pan anything L90 or R90 (I&#39;ll go L80 or R80) unless its a stereo track whose material doesn&#39;t reach the very outer edges.  Anything that is panned this hard sometimes is exaggerated when using an Ipod.  The sound could be annoying and hot in one ear.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The best way to learn where instruments are panned is to listen to commercial artists whose music style is similar to yours.  Listen to different songs and take notes on where the instruments appear in the stereo field. This will at least give you some idea of what&#39;s going on.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Note: When multiple vocals or stereo instrument tracks are playing it could be hard, if not impossible, to tell exactly where they are panned.  In future articles, we will explain in detail different advanced panning techniques that will help you quickly decipher what&#39;s going on in your favorite artist&#39;s songs.  Which means you can emulate these commercial panning techniques.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://cdmusicmastering.com/&quot;&gt;http://cdmusicmastering.com &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/1590686960344959983/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/basic-music-mixing-panning-of-channels.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/1590686960344959983'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/1590686960344959983'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/basic-music-mixing-panning-of-channels.html' title='Basic Music Mixing Panning Of Channels'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-2130259416018942560</id><published>2011-04-19T18:04:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-19T18:05:25.198-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Audio Expansion Basics</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt;Audio expansion&lt;/i&gt; means to expand the dynamic range of a signal. It is basically the opposite of audio compression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like compressors and limiters,  an audio expander has an adjustable threshold and ratio. Whereas  compression and limiting take effect whenever the signal goes &lt;i&gt;above&lt;/i&gt; the threshold, expansion effects signal levels &lt;i&gt;below&lt;/i&gt; the threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any signal below the threshold is expanded downwards by the specified  ratio. For example, if the ratio is 2:1 and the signal drops 3dB below  the threshold, the signal level will be reduced to 6dB below the  threshold. The following graph illustrates two different expansion  ratios — 2:1 and the more severe 10:1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Expansion Graph&quot; height=&quot;225&quot; src=&quot;http://www.mediacollege.com/audio/processing/images/expander-graph-01.gif&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Input Level vs Output Level With Expansion&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;An extreme form of expander is the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;noise gate&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;, in which lower  signal levels are reduced severely or eliminated altogether. A ratio of  10:1 or higher can be considered a noise gate. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt;Note:&lt;/i&gt; Some people also use the term &lt;i&gt;audio expansion&lt;/i&gt; to refer to the process of decompressing previously-compressed audio data.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mediacollege.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.mediacollege.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/2130259416018942560/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/audio-expansion-basics.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/2130259416018942560'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/2130259416018942560'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/audio-expansion-basics.html' title='Audio Expansion Basics'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-5697563682120607650</id><published>2011-04-19T18:02:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-19T18:05:52.478-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Audio Limiter Basics</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A &lt;i&gt;limiter&lt;/i&gt; is a type of compressor  designed for a specific purpose — to limit the level of a signal to a  certain threshold. Whereas a compressor will begin smoothly reducing the  gain above the threshold, a limiter will almost completely prevent any  additional gain above the threshold. A limiter is like a compressor set  to a very high compression ratio (at least 10:1, more commonly 20:1 or  more). The graph below shows a limiting ratio of infinity to one, i.e.  there is no gain at all above a the threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Limiting Graph&quot; height=&quot;225&quot; src=&quot;http://www.mediacollege.com/audio/processing/images/limiter-graph.gif&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Input Level vs Output Level With Limiting Threshold&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Limiters are used as a safeguard against signal peaking (clipping).  They prevent occasional signal peaks which would be too loud or  distorted. Limiters are often used in conjunction with a compressor —  the compressor provides a smooth roll-off of higher levels and the  limiter provides a final safety net against very strong peaks.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mediacollege.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.mediacollege.com&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/5697563682120607650/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/audio-limiter-basics.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/5697563682120607650'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/5697563682120607650'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/audio-limiter-basics.html' title='Audio Limiter Basics'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-5549021659697689983</id><published>2011-04-18T09:59:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-18T09:59:27.076-07:00</updated><title type='text'>The Basics of Reverb</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/media/blog/2011/March/concert_hall.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;180&quot; src=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/media/blog/2011/March/concert_hall.jpg&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Reverb is arguably one of the most often-used effects in modern  recording, and probably one of the most misunderstood. It’s interesting  to consider the fact that, as with so many things, we’ve spent decades  perfecting different ways to imitate something that occurs on its own in  nature.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;This month we’ll take a look at one of modern recording’s favorite  effects – how it has evolved, its use and its misuse. Let’s start with a  little bit of history.&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Early Reflections&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;In the earliest recordings, the only reverb was what occurred  naturally in the recording environment. The sound of the room itself was  picked up by the microphone (and in most cases it was just that – one  microphone), and rooms with great sonic characteristics (mainly  theaters, symphony halls and the like) were sought after as recording  environments. This worked fine for the recordings of the day, which were  mainly of the orchestral and operatic genres. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In the earliest recordings, the only reverb was what occurred  naturally in the recording environment. The sound of the room itself was  picked up by the microphone (and in most cases it was just that – one  microphone), and rooms with great sonic characteristics (mainly  theaters, symphony halls and the like) were sought after as recording  environments. This worked fine for the recordings of the day, which were  mainly of the orchestral and operatic genres.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In the post-WW2 Big Band era of the late 1940s and early 1950s, radio  began to play an increasingly important role in how audiences consumed  recorded music. Improvements in microphone technology and the advent of  audio tape made it possible for recording engineers of the day to  experiment with mic placement, increasing consciousness about reverb, if  not necessarily options. One of the first documented uses of natural  (ambient) reverb to intentionally enhance a recording was by engineer  Robert Fine, who introduced ambient mics on some of the early “Living  Presence” recordings on Mercury Records. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;img-right&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;div class=&quot;img-caption&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;float: right; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; margin-left: 1em; text-align: right;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/media/blog/2011/March/harmonicats.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Harmonicats Album Cover&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;175&quot; src=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/media/blog/2011/March/harmonicats.jpg&quot; width=&quot;175&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;The first use of artificial reverb.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;It was none other than Bill Putnam, Sr., founder of Universal Audio,  who pioneered the use of artificial reverb in recordings in 1947. Putnam  converted his studio’s bathroom to create one of the first  purpose-built echo chambers, placing a speaker in one corner and a  microphone in another, and mixing the sound with a live recording. The  unique sound of his Universal Records label’s first recording, “Peg o’  My Heart” by The Harmonicats, was a runaway hit, and Putnam went on to  design reverb chambers for his studios in Chicago and Los Angeles. Other  studios followed suit (including the still-active chambers under the  Capitol Records building in L.A.), and the sound of echo chambers  dominated the recordings of the 1950s.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;As groundbreaking as Putnam’s echo chamber concept was, it still  utilized the natural ambience and reverb of a real space. It wasn’t  until 1957 that the German company Elektro-Mess-Technik (EMT) unveiled  their EMT 140, the first plate reverb. The famed&amp;nbsp;EMT 140  (and subsequent units) worked by attaching a small transducer  (loudspeaker) to the center of a thin sheet metal plate; vibrations from  the speaker were sent across the surface of the plate, and were picked  up by one or more small pickups attached to the edge of the plate. The  result was a dense, warm sound that emulated a natural room echo but was  uniquely its own. And while the EMT plate reverbs were large and  unwieldy, they were still a cheaper and more versatile alternative to  building a dedicated echo chamber.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Another technology that emerged during the 1950s was spring reverb.  Essentially, a spring reverb works in much the same way as a plate, but  substitutes springs for the metal plate. Because springs take up far  less space, spring reverbs became popular in applications where plate  reverbs were impractical, including early guitar amps (Fender’s being  the most well-known) and Hammond organs.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;img-left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;div class=&quot;img-caption&quot;&gt;&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;float: right; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Lexicon 224 LARC&quot; height=&quot;200&quot; src=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/media/blog/2011/March/lexicon_larc.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot; width=&quot;159&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;Lexicon 224: The quintessential &#39;80s reverb.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The advent of digital technology in the late 1970s and early 1980s  changed the face of most things audio-related, including reverb. Digital  reverbs made it possible to create “programs” that emulated the natural  ambience of any space, as well as the sound of plate, spring and other  electronic reverb sources. In almost no time at all, a veritable flood  of digital reverb and multi-effects boxes appeared on the market. Some  of the most popular units included the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/store/reverbs/emt-250.html&quot;&gt;EMT 250&lt;/a&gt;  and Lexicon’s 224 and 480, and Yamaha’s Rev7 and SPX90. Now it was even  possible to modify the parameters of those programs to create effects  that don’t occur naturally, including artificially altering early  reflections (the first reflected sound), pre-delay (the time before the  first reflected sound is heard), and even reverse and gated reverb  (probably one of the most overused snare effects of the 1980s).&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Less is More&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;In the early days of recording, the only reverb on a record was that  of the room the recording took place in. Studios were prized for their  natural ambience. As multitracking evolved, studios were designed to be  fairly “dead” and mics were placed close to each instrument to capture  as much direct sound as possible, with minimal reflections from the  room. A single reverb device (usually a plate or chamber) was then used  to create an artificial “room” ambience. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In today’s DAW-oriented world, signal processing is cheap and  plentiful. Even entry-level recording programs offer a multitude of  reverbs, and today’s recordings typically employ one or more reverbs on  each instrument. Now the challenge is no longer which reverb to use, but  what combination of reverbs works to create a cohesive and natural  sound.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Not surprisingly, it’s easy to overdo it. In fact, excessive or  poorly used reverb is one of the most common mistakes inexperienced  recordists make. An instrument’s direct sound is important in  establishing directionality and clarity. Add too much reverb and your  mix can easily become a lush pool of mush. One general guideline to  consider is that, unless you’re intentionally after a special effect,  the best use of reverb is typically when it’s almost imperceptible  within your mix.&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Anatomy of a Reverb&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;At first look, many of the parameters of reverb units can be pretty  confusing. We can simplify things by breaking it down to basic physics. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Like throwing a stone into a pool of water, sound emanates from the  source in waves. Those waves eventually hit multiple surfaces (walls,  ceiling, floor, seating, whatever) and echo back, mixing with the  original sound. The way we hear that sound depends on several factors —  how far away those various reflective surfaces are, what they’re made  of, where our ears are located in relation to the original and reflected  sound waves, and even other subtle factors like temperature, humidity,  altitude and more. In most cases, what we hear is the product of  thousands of echoes, reflected many times.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Our brains decode this information in various ways. The first echoes that occur when sound waves hit surfaces (&lt;strong&gt;early reflections&lt;/strong&gt;) and the amount of time between the initial sound and those first reflections (&lt;strong&gt;pre-delay&lt;/strong&gt;) work together to tell us how large the space is, and what our position is within the space.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The length of time until the echoes die away (&lt;strong&gt;decay&lt;/strong&gt;)  also helps determine the size of the space, but the way that decay  interacts with the early reflections also makes a difference. For  example, a small but reflective room (e.g., a tiled bathroom) can have a  decay time similar to a larger hall, but the smaller room’s early  reflections will arrive sooner.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;img-right&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;div class=&quot;img-caption&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;float: right; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;UA Bathroom Echo Chamber&quot; height=&quot;143&quot; src=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/media/blog/2011/March/ua_echo_chamber.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot; width=&quot;200&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;Old School: a custom &quot;Men&#39;s Room&quot; echo chamber.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The tonal color of the reflections also plays a critical role. The  reverb in that tiled bathroom will be considerably brighter sounding  than a larger room with wood or fabric-covered walls. Larger halls will  also attenuate different frequency ranges at different rates, and the  combination of which ranges last longer also affects our perception of  the space.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Other factors also affect our perception, including &lt;strong&gt;density&lt;/strong&gt; (how tightly packed the individual reflections are) and &lt;strong&gt;diffusion&lt;/strong&gt;  (the rate at which the reflections increase in density following the  original sound). A large room with parallel walls will usually have a  lower diffusion rate than a similarly sized room with non-parallel or  irregularly shaped walls.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;As you can imagine, creating a natural sounding ambience is a  complex, multi-faceted process that involves programming dozens of  interdependent parameters. For the most part, it’s best to find a reverb  program that comes close to what you’re looking for, and keep the  tweaking to a minimum.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;What Works Where&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small; font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small; font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;As with most effects, there are no hard and fast rules, other than  the age-old adage “trust your ears.” But here are a few general  guidelines to start with. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;As stated earlier, less is more. You’ll achieve more natural sounding  results using few reverbs, rather than several. One short, bright  program (small room or plate) and a larger, warmer program (large room  or hall) will often be enough to cover most of your mix. For best  results, insert reverbs into an effect or aux buss, rather than directly  into a signal chain. This will enable you to use the same reverb for  multiple tracks, while varying the amount of send for each source.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;UAD EMT 140 Plate Reverb Plug-In&quot; height=&quot;115&quot; src=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/media/blog/2011/March/emt_140_hq.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;The EMT 140 Plate Reverb plug-in for the UAD platform.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Drums and other percussive sounds typically sound more realistic with  small to mid-sized rooms (shorter reverb tails, shorter pre-delay), or  plate programs. A longer pre-delay can create the impression of a  “phantom” doubled attack, while a longer reverb decay can affect  directionality and clarity. Too much high-frequency content can create a  harsh, brittle sound, particularly on snare drums. Lower density  settings can also sound coarse and unnatural on drums. Higher densities  and warmer reverbs will generally deliver better results.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Acoustic instruments like strings, woodwinds and some vocals can  benefit from larger room and hall settings and longer pre-delay times,  which can help smooth and add depth. Those larger spaces can also be  useful in widening a stereo image. Overused, a large room sound can  “blur” an instrument’s attack and create a “swimmy” sounding mix that  lacks definition and directionality.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;One trick for helping to define, rather than blur, the imaging in  your mix, is to use reverb in combination with delay. Pan the original  sound slightly to one side. Delay the reverb return slightly (try  anywhere from 3 to 10 ms) and pan it to the opposite side. This works  particularly well to help separate sounds in similar tonal ranges, like  multiple stacked guitar tracks.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;UAD EMT 250 Electronic Reverb Plug-In&quot; height=&quot;160&quot; src=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/media/blog/2011/March/emt_250_hq.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;The UAD-2 Powered Plug-In emulation of the classic EMT 250 Electronic Reverb unit. &lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Vocals can be particularly susceptible to losing definition with  larger room settings. Especially with shorter pre-delay times, the  reverb can “step on” the vocal, robbing intelligibility. Using a longer  pre-delay before the actual reverb kicks in allows the vocal’s clarity  and impact to cut through, but gives it a natural “tail” that rings out  without blurring. Background vocals are somewhat less critical in this  respect, and can often benefit from a larger room setting, which can  smooth and blend multiple parts.&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Be Creative&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;We’ve spent most of this column talking about the best ways to use  reverb naturally. And for the most part, that’s a good idea. In fact, in  most instances, the best use of reverb is to create a mix where its use  is pretty much indiscernible. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;But as with most effects, experimentation can lead to some great  surprises, so don’t be afraid to bend the rules. Try combining a couple  of different instances of the same reverb with slightly different  parameters and panning them left and right. Or try adding a subtle  chorus or distortion to a reverb. Again, subtlety is key here – a little  bit of something unusual, buried deeply in the mix, might be just the  thing to give your mix that special “something.”&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uaudio.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.uaudio.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/5549021659697689983/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/basics-of-reverb.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/5549021659697689983'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/5549021659697689983'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/basics-of-reverb.html' title='The Basics of Reverb'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-2937942434424905630</id><published>2011-04-15T09:07:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-15T09:07:27.188-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Studio Monitor Basics</title><content type='html'>&lt;h2 align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Powered vs. Unpowered Monitors&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sweetwater.com/shop/studio/studio-monitors/images/buying_guide/buyingguide_topimage.gif&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.sweetwater.com/shop/studio/studio-monitors/images/buying_guide/buyingguide_topimage.gif&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Q:&lt;/b&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;h5black&quot;&gt;Which is better, Powered or Unpowered monitors? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;A:&lt;/b&gt; The answer, of course, is that  there are benefits to either, and that it depends on your situation. A  &quot;powered&quot; monitor is one that is self-powered, or has its amplification  built into the speaker cabinet thereby relieving you of purchasing an  amplifier separately (and the headaches involved). An &quot;unpowered&quot;  monitor is not self-powered which necessitates purchasing a power  amplifier.&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Passive / Unpowered Monitors &amp;amp; Amps&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To operate Passive / Unpowered Monitors, you simply connect the  line-level outputs of your mixer to a power amp and then run speaker  wire to the monitor. If you already own a power amp, then passive  monitors may be your ticket to saving money. Simple right? Well, yes and  no. Now you have to deal with two separate pieces (actually several  when you consider cables and connectors) - the monitor and the power  amp. Monitors are fairly straight forward, but while figuring out a  power amp is not rocket science it&#39;s not super easy to set up for the  beginning studio owner. Here are just a few issues you&#39;ll need to  address when using a power amp: &lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;                   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt;Ensure Proper Cooling: If you rackmount your  power amp, DO NOT block the front rear or side air vents. The side walls  of your rack should be a MINIMUM of two inches from the amp and the  back of the rack should be a MINIMUM of four inches away from the back  of the amp. Without proper airflow, your amp will not function properly  which can cause damage to both the amp and your speaker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Proper Cables: Take time to figure out your inputs and outputs on  your amp and purchase the correct cables with proper gauge (at least  22-24 gauge to your amp input, 16 gauge or better to your monitors,  depending on distance). Your amp may have balanced or unbalanced XLR,  balanced or unbalanced 1/4-inch connectors; or you may find banana  plugs, spade lugs or even binding posts. Be sure to reference your  owner&#39;s manual for specific information.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use care when making connections, selecting signal sources and controlling the output level.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Remember that amps have a sonic character all their own. Just as you might   combine the sonic characteristics of a microphone and preamp, you need to consider   the combination of the sonic character of your reference monitor and separate   amplifier. In other words, the same passive / unpowered monitor will not necessarily   sound the same when juiced by different amplifiers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A general rule of thumb when searching for amps to drive your  passive / unpowered monitor is to purchase an amp that delivers twice (2  x) the wattage necessary for the monitor (this allowance is for  headroom). So if you need 300 watts at 8 ohms, purchase an amp that is  rated for 600 watts at 8 ohms. Again, this is just a rule of thumb and  is not necessarily true in all cases.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;copy&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Active / Powered Monitors&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;copy&quot; style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The benefits that come from investing in Active / Powered Monitors  on the surface is that you simply don&#39;t have to deal with any of the  above-mentioned issues. Many of us don&#39;t want to know about ohms, watts,  damping, overload protection, crossovers, and the like - it&#39;s enough to  know that the monitor works, it sounds great and all I really have to  do is plug it into my mixer or computer audio interface. Besides, we&#39;d  really like to get back to making or recording music. If, on the other  hand, you&#39;d like to know more about the technical benefits of Active /  Powered Monitors, we suggest you call your Sales Engineer. &lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;copy&quot; style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Studio Monitor Placement Guide&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;                   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;copy&quot;&gt;&lt;img align=&quot;right&quot; height=&quot;217&quot; src=&quot;http://www.sweetwater.com/shop/studio/studio-monitors/images/buying_guide/placement.gif&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; /&gt;Where  do you aim the speakers to give you the smoothest and most consistent  sound, and how far apart do you place them to give you a good stereo  image? The basic rule is to follow the layout of an equilateral  triangle, which is a triangle with all three legs the same length. The  distance between the two monitors should be roughly the same as the  distance between one monitor and your nose in the listening position  where you are leaning forward on the console armrest. The speaker axis  should be aimed at the half-way point between your furthest forward and  the furthest rearward listening positions. This is typically a range of  about 24&quot; (600mm). If you can, you also want to try to get your ears  lined up with the vertical speaker axis (half way between the woofer and  the normal listening position lined up in the best spot possible. If  this would have you resting your chin on the console or desktop, you  could tilt the monitor back slightly. This keeps your head in the sweet  spot whether you&#39;re leaning forward adjusting level or EQ, or leaning  back and listening to the mix. Don&#39;t go crazy trying to get this exact  to three decimal places, within an inch or two gets you into the game. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;                   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;copy&quot; style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;You will also want to keep your  monitors upright and vertical even though you&#39;ll be tempted to place  them on their side to give you a better line of sight behind them. With  the monitor on its side, moving your head horizontally means that you  are now moving through all those rays, or lobes, where the wavefront  from the woofers and tweeters interfere with each other. The midrange  frequency response will be different for each head position. It is our  opinion that all two-way component monitors, no matter who manufactures  them, need to be used with the multi-driver axis vertical (that&#39;s just  the way it has to be when you&#39;re in the near-field). &lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;copy&quot; style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is &quot;Bi-Amplification&quot;?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;                   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;copy&quot;&gt;&lt;img align=&quot;right&quot; height=&quot;144&quot; src=&quot;http://www.sweetwater.com/shop/studio/studio-monitors/images/buying_guide/bi-amp.gif&quot; width=&quot;216&quot; /&gt;When  a passive system&#39;s single amplifier must reproduce the whole audio  spectrum, low frequencies rapidly &quot;use up&quot; the amp&#39;s headroom. As higher  frequencies &quot;ride along&quot; on lower frequency waveforms, they can be  chopped off or distorted even though the high frequencies themselves  would not be clipping. Separating highs from lows via an active  electronic crossover lets a bi-amped system use two different  amplifiers. Each is free to drive just one transducer to its safe  maximum limit without intermodulation distortion or other interaction  between the two drivers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;How does price relate to sound quality?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;                   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;copy&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;img align=&quot;right&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; height=&quot;185&quot; name=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.sweetwater.com/images/items/215/Sigma62.jpg&quot; width=&quot;126&quot; /&gt;Q:&lt;/b&gt; Is there really a difference between monitors that are just a few hundred dollars and the ones that I see for a few thousand?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;A:&lt;/b&gt; Sure, just as you would find qualitative  differences in microphones, guitars, preamps, keyboards, etc. that  varies in price, so it is with reference monitors. The old adage that  &quot;the devil is in the details&quot; is still true. Generally speaking,  manufacturers with monitors costing more, such as &lt;b&gt;Genelec&lt;/b&gt;, &lt;b&gt;Focal &lt;/b&gt;and &lt;b&gt;Mackie&lt;/b&gt;  (among many) have spent more time developing a better design and use  higher quality components. This equates to a more accurate imaging,  smoother frequency response, extended low frequencies and clearer high  frequencies and consistent quality at different dynamic levels. In other  words, better mixes, faster. Saying that, today&#39;s crop of monitors from  &lt;b&gt;M-Audio&lt;/b&gt;, &lt;b&gt;Samson&lt;/b&gt;, &lt;b&gt;Edirol  &lt;/b&gt;(and others) that come in for just a few hundred dollars are a  tremendous value for many desktop audio professionals who aren&#39;t  necessarily planning to finish their mixes (or master) on their own. Our  advice is to purchase the best set of monitors your budget can afford -  your mix and your ears will thank you.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sweetwater.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.sweetwater.com/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/2937942434424905630/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/studio-monitor-basics.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/2937942434424905630'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/2937942434424905630'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/studio-monitor-basics.html' title='Studio Monitor Basics'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-3890045220444917118</id><published>2011-04-14T08:27:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-14T08:27:52.890-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Recording Acoustic Guitar</title><content type='html'>&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;float: right; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://0.tqn.com/d/homerecording/1/G/j/-/-/-/5627.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://0.tqn.com/d/homerecording/1/G/j/-/-/-/5627.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;cap&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Taylor 314CE Acoustic Guitar&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;       &lt;cite&gt;Taylor Guitars&lt;/cite&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Most home recording engineers are singer/songwriters - recording vocals  and acoustic guitar at home.  And as any of them will tell you, getting a  good acoustic guitar sound can  be hard! In this tutorial, we&#39;ll take a  look at recording the acoustic guitar, one of the most difficult  instruments to get right!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Microphone Selection&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;  The first thing to do before you start recording is to select the  microphone you&#39;d like to record with.  For acoustic guitar, you can do  two different techniques:  a single, or mono, microphone technique, or a  two-microphone, or stereo, technique.  What you do is completely up to  you and what resources you have available.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recording acoustic instruments in the highest quality, you&#39;ll want  to use a condenser microphone rather than a dynamic microphone.  Good  condenser microphones for acoustic guitar recording include the Oktava  MC012 ($200), Groove Tubes GT55 ($250), or the RODE NT1 ($199).  The  reason you want a condenser microphone rather than a dynamic microphone  is very simple;  condenser microphones have much better high frequency  reproduction and much better transient response, which you need for  acoustic instruments.  Dynamic microphones, like the SM57, are great for  electric guitar amplifiers which don&#39;t need as much transient detail.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Microphone Placement&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;  Take a listen to your acoustic guitar.  You&#39;ll find that the most  low-end build-up is near the sound hole itself;  the higher-end buildup  will be somewhere around the 12th fret.  So let&#39;s look at the two types  of microphone placement I mentioned earlier.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Single Microphone Technique&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt; If using just a single microphone, you&#39;ll want to start by placing the  microphone at about the 12th fret, about 5 inches back.  If that doesn&#39;t  give you the sound you want, move the mic around;  after you record it,  you might want to give it extra body by &quot;doubling&quot; the track -  recording the same thing again, and hard-panning both left and right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using a one-microphone technique, you might find that your guitar  sounds lifeless and dull.  This is generally fine if you&#39;re going to be  mixed into a mix with many other elements in stereo, but should be  avoided when the acoustic guitar is the primary focus of the mix.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Two-Microphone (Stereo) Techniques&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;  If you have two microphones at your disposal, put one around the 12th  fret, and another around the bridge.  Hard pan them left and right in  your recording software, and record.  You should discover that it&#39;s got a  much more natural and open tone;  this is really easy to explain:  you  have two ears, so when recording with two microphones, it sounds more  natural to our brain.  You can also try an X/Y configuration at around  the 12th fret:  place the microphones so that their capsules are on top  of each other at a 90 degree angle, facing the guitar.  Pan left/right,  and you&#39;ll find that this gives you a more natural stereo image  sometimes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Using The Pickup&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;  You might want to experiment using the built-in pickup as well, if  you&#39;ve got the inputs to do it.  Sometimes taking the acoustic guitar&#39;s  pickup and blending it with microphones can yield a more detailed sound;   however, it&#39;s totally up to you, and in most cases, unless it&#39;s a good  quality pickup, it&#39;ll sound out of place on a studio recording.   Remember to experiment.  Each situation will be different, and if you  don&#39;t have any microphones to record with, a pickup will do fine.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Mixing Acoustic Guitar&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;If you&#39;re mixing acoustic guitar into a full-band song with other  guitars, especially if those guitars are in stereo, you might be better  off with a single-mic technique, because a stereo acoustic guitar might  introduce too much sonic information into the mix and cause it to become  cluttered.  If it&#39;s just you playing guitar and vocals, a stereo or  doubled mono technique will sound the best.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compressing acoustic guitar is subjecting;  a lot of engineers will go  both ways.  I personally hardly ever compress acoustic guitar, but a lot  of engineers do.  If you chose to compress, try to very lightly  compress it - a ratio of 2:1 or so should do the trick.  The acoustic  guitar itself is very dynamic, and you don&#39;t want to ruin that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember, any of these techniques can apply to other acoustic instruments, too!&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://homerecording.about.com/&quot;&gt;http://homerecording.about.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/3890045220444917118/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/recording-acoustic-guitar.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/3890045220444917118'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/3890045220444917118'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/recording-acoustic-guitar.html' title='Recording Acoustic Guitar'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-1404143116603994202</id><published>2011-04-13T14:11:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-13T14:11:33.363-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Audio compressor basics</title><content type='html'>&lt;h1 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;/h1&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;AdSenseBoxLeft&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Compression is a very important aspect of audio production. You need to have an idea of what the audio compressor does and what all those buttons do. Everybody uses it differently and everyone has a method. These methods are created after mastering the tool that compression is.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You can&#39;t have a specific method to compression if you don&#39;t know how to instinctively use it. You can&#39;t only know what one button does and ignore the others. That&#39;s no method.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Therefore, let me introduce you to all the typical buttons an audio compressor has. What do they do? How do they interact with each other. When you get a grasp on which button to push, knob to turn or slider to move, you have an easier time getting that sound you want.&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Audio compressor &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Basically, compressors compress the audio signal you want to process. Easy right? Well, that doesn&#39;t really tell you anything. Compressors even out the audio signal at a certain level, called the threshold and compress the level above at a certain ratio you determine. We push the loud levels lower and therefore have a less dynamic signal.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Now, let&#39;s get into all the buttons and sliders and whatnot. As an example, I&#39;m using Logic&#39;s Audio Compressor. Any compressor you have will almost certainly have the same buttons.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Logic&#39;s compressor&quot; height=&quot;257&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/image-files/compressorlogic.png&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Let&#39;s start with the most important parts first. If you have a incredibly basic audio compressor on your hands, chances are you only have these two parameters to work with. &lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;Threshold and Ratio.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Threshold&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;The threshold determines at what level the compressor starts acting. Say you have a signal that has peaks at around -1dB on the meters of your fader. If you have your threshold at -10, the compressor will start working when your audio starts going over the -10dB threshold.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Now, if you have a weak signal that never goes over -15dB and you have your compressor on -10dB there&#39;s no compression going to take place. Maybe, if you have a swanky cool compressor it will give you a nice color to your sound, but as for actual compression, nada.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The signal doesn&#39;t reach the threshold, and therefore none of the other parameters of the compressor are going to start working. But once that signal goes over your threshold it will get compressed. How much will it get compressed? Well that brings us to our next button.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Ratio&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ratio is where you determine how much compression you are going to apply to a signal that goes over your threshold. For every signal that goes over the threshold, it gets compressed according a certain ratio.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;Example:&lt;/span&gt; For a compressor with a threshold at -10dB and a 3:1 ratio, a nice starting point for vocals. If you have a semi-constant level of the vocal at -1dB it will become compressed so that it only reaches -7dB.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h4 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Why?&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Because after going over the threshold the vocal reaches its peak 9dB after -10dB, or at -1dB. We take those 9dB and divide them by three, since the ratio is at 3:1. Out of that we get 3dB which we add to the threshold at -10dB. A compression of 6dBs reaching its peak at -7dB. Let&#39;s illustrate this with a simple formula:&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In this formula you can see the basics of calculating the output of a compressor.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;compressor equation&quot; height=&quot;114&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/image-files/compressorequation.jpg&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If we take the example above and apply it to this formula, we get this:&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;compressor in practice&quot; height=&quot;114&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/image-files/compressoroutput.jpg&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
So you see, that if we have a higher ratio, we compress the signal more resulting in less signal coming out of the output.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Say we have an example of a loud kick drum that&#39;s peaking at +4dB but we have a threshold at -20dB and a ratio of 8:1. That&#39;s a lot of compression but serves to illustrate a point.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;We have a dynamic range of 24 dBs, from -20dB to +4dB. We are compressing everything that goes over -20dB by a ratio of 8:1.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Let&#39;s plug those numbers into the equation:&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;kick drum compression&quot; height=&quot;114&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/image-files/compressionexample2.jpg&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The highest peaks of the kick drum that are reaching +4dB before are now only reaching -17dB! That 24dB dynamic range we had from -20dB to +4dB has been reduced to 3dB. Talk about over-compression!&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;After studying these formulas and basics behind the relationship between threshold and ratio, I think we can move on to the next phase of our compressor journey. &lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;The limiter&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A limiter does things a little differently when it comes to the ratio and how it reacts to sounds that go over the threshold. Instead of compressing the peaks that go over the threshold, a limiter simply cuts them off. Which can actually sound better sometimes!&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;The knee &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The knee on the audio compressor has a relationship with the ratio. It applies compression gradually increasing the ratio until a certain point. See the link below for a detailed explanation.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Attack &amp;amp; Release&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Every plugin seems to have an attack and release of some sort. And they often don&#39;t even mean the same thing. Let&#39;s dive into how the attack and release on the audio compressor work.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Attack&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The attack, measured in milliseconds, is how fast the compressor starts acting on a signal. With a fast attack the compressor starts working right away on the audio, often dulling the sound of the transient.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;What&#39;s a transient? Transients are the first seconds, or attack of the envelope of a signal. Huh? The&amp;nbsp; first peaks of a signal are called the transients ok? Drums have fast and loud transients !Whack! !Whack! But a cello might have a slower transient, or attack.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;By using a fast attack you make the audio compressor chomps down right away on a signal, but with a slower attack time the initial attack, transient or punch gets through before the rest of the signal is compressed.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;In practice:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt; For a punchier kick drum have a slower attack so you get the untreated sound of the beater. But if you want a thumpier and more rounded kick drum, have the attack at a fast setting.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If you have a bad bass part and you get a lot of uneven notes jumping  out at you, having a fast attack setting can help dull out the  unexpected pops from the bass player. You can even put the ratio into  limiting by having it at 10:1 or higher if you are dealing with a really  troublesome part.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Release&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In contrast, release is the parameter that determines, in milliseconds, how long the audio compressor will continue acting on a signal once it goes under the threshold again. If the release is too fast you run the risk of the compressor letting go too early, but if you have the release too slow you can get a pumping effect. This pumping effect is a clear sign of over-compression because the compressor never stops compressing. It is too slow too react, even after the signal has gone under the threshold.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Thus the compressor compresses the next signal too, even though it is under the set threshold. This can work on some instruments with a slow transient response if you want an even compression..&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h4 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; In practice: &lt;/h4&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt; Try to make your snare drum breathe by making the release go in time with the track. You can watch the time of the release in the gain reduction meter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt; A quick release on the kick drum is good since the signal of a kick drum is so short. That way you can be sure that it doesn&#39;t continue into the next kick drum hit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Now that we&#39;ve covered the basics of the attack and release, let&#39;s make our way to the most important tool you have when working these aforementioned parameters. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Gain reduction meter&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;This is the most important visual meter you have when compressing. It shows you, in dB how much you are really compressing. With it you are able to gauge the effect you are making, both by making sure that your signal is reaching the threshold and also seeing how fast the attack and release are working.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If you don&#39;t have the threshold low enough you won&#39;t see it working at all, since the audio compressor isn&#39;t compressing your signal.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If you have your release too slow you can be sure to see how the meter never really goes down. By taking a visual cue from the GR meter you can tweak the release in time with the track.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Obviously it&#39;s good practice to use your ears when compressing, but being able to see the amount of reduction and compression visually is a very effective way in quickly finding the correct sound you are looking for. If you only want to control the peaks, it&#39;s easier to see on the GR meter when it is only compressing the peaks instead of trying to listen to the actual audio signal.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Makeup-Gain&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Lastly, makeup gain is that last parameter we need to worry about. Since an audio compressor turns down the volume of certain parts of our audio signal, we need a gain knob to increase the average volume to where it was before we started compressing. If we are always compressing around 3dBs we will need to turn the gain up 3dB in order to make up the loss in volume by compressing. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt;Reference: Gibson, Bill.(2007). &lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic;&quot;&gt;Instrument &amp;amp; Vocal Recording&lt;/span&gt;. Hal Leonard Books.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;focusrite compressor&quot; height=&quot;86&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/image-files/focusritecompressor.jpg&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Buss compression&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/images/busscompression.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;drum compression&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;ItemRight&quot; height=&quot;200&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/images/busscompression.jpg&quot; width=&quot;133&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;You can crank up the sound of your drums by using buss compression in your tracks.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;By using parallel compression underneath the dynamic drum tracks you can create a larger than life sound.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: right;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: right;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp; &lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Multiband compression&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Multiband compression is used for many purposes, and can be a handy tool for mastering your tracks. By using multiband compression you can define the specific frequency areas you want to compress, using different compression values on separate areas of the frequency spectrum.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Conclusion&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that we&#39;ve gone through the knobs you can find on your typical audio&amp;nbsp;compressor you are all set to start compressing. If you need further tips on compressing, or want to share your cool compression tips, please share it with the rest of us here below. Everybody is always looking to enhance their understanding of compression.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.audio-production-tips.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/1404143116603994202/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/audio-compressor-basics.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/1404143116603994202'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/1404143116603994202'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/audio-compressor-basics.html' title='Audio compressor basics'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-3122666472788654203</id><published>2011-04-12T08:25:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-12T08:22:00.354-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Ultimate Guide for Mixing Drums</title><content type='html'>&lt;h4 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Get a great sound from your acoustic drums.&lt;/span&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;h4 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;h4 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;Your drum sound is one of the most important aspects of your mix. Mixing drums is therefore a number one priority for laying that solid foundation to your tracks, guaranteeing you a solid rhythm section.&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Drums can be one of the most problematic instruments to get right in a mix. The complexity of recording drums is equally complex when it comes time to mix them.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If you did a great job recording the drum kit, then mixing your drums can only be a pleasurable experience.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;But where to start?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Kick Drum Sound&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Mixing drums starts with the foundation of the kick drum. The sound of the kick drum, along with the snare will be the defining factors of your drum sound. If you leave the kick drum sounding bad, the whole foundation of the song will lose its footing. The kick drum needs to be tight and punchy, with enough low end to fill up the bass range and enough mids to cut through the mix.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h4 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;EQ &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/image-files/kick-drum-sound.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;mixing kick drum&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;ItemRight&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/image-files/kick-drum-sound.jpg&quot; style=&quot;height: 166px; width: 250px;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;It&#39;s important to emphasize the low end of the kick with EQ. If you feel there isn&#39;t enough bass to your kick drum, a low shelving boost around 80 – 100 Hz normally does the trick.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A boomy kick drum can also cloud up the clarity of your kick drum sound, so it&#39;s normally a good idea to cut around 200 – 250 Hz if you feel there is too much muddiness in your kick drum sound. A boxy kick drum sound is also a common nuisance, which can be fixed with Eq&#39;ing out the boxiness that resides in the aread around 300 – 600Hz or so.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If your kick drum is all thump and no snap then we need to bring out the sound of the beater. We can usually find it around the 2 – 4 Khz area. Depending on the genre of the song, and the type of beater used, different frequency boosts in the beater area generate different sounds. A boost at 2.5 Khz is more of a typical rock sound as opposed to a narrower boost at around 4 Khz, which results in a Hardcore Metal type snap.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Compression&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;When mixing drums, along with everything else, using compression is a subjective subject and everyone has an opinion on how things should be compressed. That said, there are a few guidelines you can follow to get a steadier kick drum sound.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;How much gain reduction you want from the compressor depends on the genre, the steadiness of the drummer and the feel of the song. I usually start with a ratio of 4:1 or 6:1 and lower the threshold down until I&#39;m compressing around 6dBs.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Then I adjust the attack and release depending on what sort of sound I want. A fast attack clamps down on the transient of the kick drum, dulling the initial attack down somewhat, but a slower attack lets the attack of the beater break through before the compressor starts working. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;I try to time the release in time with the beat, so that the compressor has stopped compressing before the next hit. It&#39;s easy to do this in modern DAWs because you are able to see the gain reduction meter working, enabling you to tweak the release perfectly in sync with the song.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Snare drum sound&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Partner in crime with the kick drum, the snare drum is the other defining rhythmic factor to the song. “It&#39;s all about the snare” an experienced engineer once told me, because it&#39;s what supplies the song with that steady backbeat. Since it&#39;s such an important aspect of mixing drums, there needs to be a lot of care taken with getting the best sound possible.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;EQualization&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/image-files/snare-drum.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;snare drum sound&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;ItemRight&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/image-files/snare-drum.jpg&quot; style=&quot;height: 167px; width: 250px;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;EQ-wise, there is not an awful lot you need below 100 Hz, so you can start by high-pass filtering all the low end away.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The body of the snare can be brought forward with a little boost at around 150Hz, if you feel like it&#39;s lacking some thickness.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;I like thick snares so I often catch myself adding a little weight to the snare around that area. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If your snare has ringing frequencies that you find annoying you can try pinpointing them by boosting a specific frequency band with a high Q and sweeping the spectrum until they pop out. I find that sometimes the snare needs a little cut in the mids, either resulting from boxiness at 500 – 800 Hz or too much of a nasally attack from the area around 1 Khz. Enhance the attack of the snare with a broad boost around 2 – 4 Khz and search for the sizzle of the snares in the higher frequencies.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Compression&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Like I do with the bass drum, I try to make the snare compress in time with the song. By timing the attack and release I can get a nice steady snare sound that breathes with each hit. I normally leave the attack at a medium to slow setting so that the snap of the snare is unaffected, and time the release so that it stops compressing just in time for the next hit.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;I start with a ratio of 3:1, often going way higher as it depends on the genre how hard I want the compressor to be pumping. You can adjust the threshold so that it is only lightly compressing the peaks for a subtle sound, or you can push the threshold down harder for a heavily compressed sound.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Snare compression is perhaps one of the most argued about subjects in audio production. Every engineer has a certain method to mixing drums, and I think it&#39;s up to you to experiment and get acquainted with the knobs and sliders on your audio compressor so that you can create the sound that you want.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Reverb&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You can create a completely different snare sound by just applying an interesting reverb to it. Whether that&#39;s a rock arena reverb, subdued room or even a spring reverb, different reverbs can transform the sound of your snare drum. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Go through your reverbs and see what type of reverb sounds best with the song you&#39;re mixing. Are you going to add a bright plate reverb to make it stand out, or will you be mixing it into a specific room with a small room sound? If you are in a particularly adventurous mood, you can try adding some gated reverb to your snare.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Mixing the toms&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;EQualization&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/image-files/drum-toms.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;mixing drums toms&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;ItemRight&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/image-files/drum-toms.jpg&quot; style=&quot;height: 343px; width: 232px;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;If the toms are playing a big part in your drum sound, mixing them so that they sound punchy and powerful is crucial to a great drum sound. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Get them punchy with EQ. The best way to EQ toms is to find the unflattering frequencies with your equalizer. Normally, these are the middle frequencies, from 300 – 800 Khz or so.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Find the boxy and unwanted frequencies, cut them out and then add low end power and high end punch as needed.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;When mixing drums like toms, sometimes you need to&amp;nbsp; finely cut a few adjacent frequencies instead of scooping out a big portion of the frequency spectrum.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Compression&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;By adding a generous amount of compression to your toms you can get a larger than life sound out of them. You can fatten them up considerably with some tight compression, and with the addition of a little reverb you can make them sound huge and powerful. If that&#39;s what you want to go for. The same rule of subtle compression applies as well to toms if you only want to control the peaks and lightly color their signal.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Overheads&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The overheads might be the most important microphones on the kit. The overheads are the microphones that are supposed to pick up every drum and give a complete sound to your drum kit. There are two ways of mixing drums with the overheads; you can either use them as the primary sound, sculpting every drum around the overhead sound or you can use them to primarily accent the cymbals and air around the kit. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;overhead mixing&quot; height=&quot;266&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/image-files/overheads.jpg&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;By adding the overheads to the mix early on, you can get a better sense of the full sound of the kit, making your drum mixing easier. Just notice how different a snare drum microphone sounds compared to a snare that&#39;s coming from the overhead mics. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;By adjusting the overheads with the rest of the close miked drums you can get a different sound. By focusing on the overheads you can get a roomier sound, but if you want a close in-your-face drum sound you would rather use the overheads as complimentary to the rest of the drums, mainly using them to accent the cymbal sounds.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;The Hi-Hat&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Mixing drums is a selective process, meaning that certain elements of the drum-kit only need specific frequency ranges. You only need a specific frequency range from the hi-hat. Considering that the hi-hat microphone is probably picking up a lot of bleed from other drums, some heavy high-pass filtering is in order. Filter up to 250 Hz at least, even higher if you feel that you aren&#39;t losing anything from the hi-hat sound with higher filtering.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Now if you feel that there is something lacking from the hi-hat, or that you want to bring out the gong sound, you can find it in the 200 Hz area. So if your hi-hat needs a little more gong to it, you will have to sacrifice that aggressive filtering. Like everything else, just filter until you start hearing the sound becoming compromised and then back off a little bit.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Cutting at 1Khz can reduce the cheap jangly sound from the hi-hat, but you can enhance and give it some sparkle with a boost from 7 Khz or so. Use a high shelving EQ if you want to enhance the high end with some air, but a parametric bell EQ if you just want to accent a specific frequency area.&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Room mics&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Room microphones give a different sound to the drum kit than the regular overhead mics. Due to the distant miking technique most room mics are recorded with, we get a full sound of the drum-kit as well as a great amount of the reverb of the room it was recorded in. Which, depending on the sound of the room, can either sound amazing or horrible.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;mixing drums&quot; height=&quot;265&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/image-files/drum-room.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;Caption&quot;&gt;Mixing Drums With a Roomy Sound&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;But let&#39;s assume our recording room is great. With a nice room mic picking up the complete kit we can try a few different techniques. We can apply some heavy compression to the room mics to get an even punchier sound. We can EQ the kit as to draw out the most important elements, such as kick and snare and we can add it underneath an already great drum sound for that final touch.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Mixing drums into a room&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If the drums weren&#39;t recorded in a nice sounding room and sound quite dead when they come from the recording stage, it&#39;s time to add some space to our drum tracks.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A good way to add some ambience to our drum tracks is to add a 0.5 second drum room reverb. You can add a a nice amount to the overhead tracks, and maybe even a slightly different reverb to the snare to make it stand out. Go through your reverbs to try to find the best sound to your particular track.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Mixing drums – Drum Replacement&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If you have ended up with badly recorded drums that you can&#39;t get even get close to a good sound out of, maybe it&#39;s time to look elsewhere. Drum replacement is a great way of mixing drums in order to keep the dynamics of a real performance with the sound quality of amazing sounding drum samples. Audio recording software such as Pro Tools and Logic Pro have great drum replacement options when you are stuck with crappy sounding drum tracks.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Conclusion&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Mixing drums is a challenging but enjoyable aspect of audio production. Since there are so many different ways of getting the drums to sound with EQ, compression and other mixing tricks there is no actual right way of mixing drums. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The only solid piece of advice I can give you for mixing drums is to experiment with  all the tools you have on hand. Get every element to sound as good as possible and then try to mold them together to make them sound like a complete whole. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;As always, there are trends in the music industry as to what sounds good right now, but being able to get whatever sound you want, whether it&#39;s huge 80&#39;s toms or a 90&#39;s arena rock snare is an important aspect of being a well rounded mixing engineer.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.audio-production-tips.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/3122666472788654203/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/ultimate-guide-for-mixing-drums.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/3122666472788654203'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/3122666472788654203'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/ultimate-guide-for-mixing-drums.html' title='Ultimate Guide for Mixing Drums'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-381009662495189081</id><published>2011-04-12T08:19:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-12T08:19:09.263-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Drum recording</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Drum recording - Good mic placement&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Drum recording can be a difficult task. Not only is it about selecting the right microphones and placing them, but you have to be aware of how each and everyone of them interacts with each other and the room around the drum-kit. This is no easy feat, as each drum is different and you are not recording one instrument but rather recording a group of instruments together. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Different types of music warrant different types of microphone placement and selection and in this article I&#39;ll be going into detail about how I recorded a drum-kit for a vintage blues project.  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Blues has a more natural sound than the modern drum sound in rock recordings. I&#39;m going to go into how I aimed for a more natural and organic drum recording.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/images/drumkit.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;record drums&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;232&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/images/drumkit.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 0px solid;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Mic selection&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;I wondered what types of microphones to use, as vintage blues was often recorded with one or two mics I didn&#39;t want to go overboard in mic placement. Still, I decided to use microphones on each drum just to make sure. I could always discard them later, not putting them into the mix.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;It also meant I could make two different mixes, a vintage one using only the overheads and room mics and a modern one using all of the resources I had at my disposal. That way, the extra work spent during the drum recording phase didn&#39;t go to waste.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Note: If you are confused by the microphone terms I am using, check out the recording microphones section, and then promptly return here to read more about drum recording.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;b&gt;So in the end, these are the microphones I used:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt;For the inside of the bass drum I used a Sennheiser PZM electret microphone.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt;For the outside I used the AKG D112. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt;On top of the snare I used an AKG 414 large condenser. This made the snare come to life and was much fuller than if I would have stuck a SM57 on there. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt;To get the rattling of the snares I used a small diaphragm AKG C391.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt;For both toms I used a pair of Sennheiser MD-421. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt;For overheads I used a pair of AKG-414 large condenser. I decided on the large diaphragm in order to get a more full range thicker sound that I wouldn&#39;t have gotten if I had used a regular pair of small condenser. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt;To catch the full kit and a little bit of ambience I used a Neumann U-87 as a room mic. It captured the full range of the kit and although the room didn&#39;t sound that good it worked out nicely with the rest of the kit.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Now, I know for some of you, those microphones aren&#39;t within your reach budget wise. A Neumann U-87 is a classic and a very expensive mic to buy, as well as the AKG 414, let alone three of them!&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If you aren&#39;t able to use these exact mics, don&#39;t worry, try to get as close as you can using the mic selection you have at your disposal.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;For instance, if you can&#39;t get two 414s as overheads, at least try to use large diaphragm condensers instead of small ones. It certainly gives a distinct sound, regardless of the model you are using.&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Microphone placement&lt;/span&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Now in order to get the best drum recording possible obviously I had to place the microphones well. The room was not a great sounding room as it was quite dead and didn&#39;t have anything special to offer. So I resorted to close miking everything as best as I could and get a great room sound in the mixing phase.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Here&#39;s how I placed the mics.&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Bass drum&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h4 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/images/kick.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;bass drum mic&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;ItemRight&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/images/kick.jpg&quot; style=&quot;height: 170px; width: 200px;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;The bass drum was using two mics, one inside and one outside. The PZM was put very close to the inside head in order to get the sound of the beater.&lt;/span&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;h4 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;h4 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;The D112 was positioned right outside the sound hole.&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Snare&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/images/snare.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;snare drum miking&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;ItemLeft&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/images/snare.jpg&quot; style=&quot;height: 293px; width: 200px;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The 414 on the snare was positioned very close and at 45° pointing at the center. It was set to hyper-cardioid pattern in order to make it more directional.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Having it more directional decreases bleed from the hi-hat as it picks up less sound from the side, where the hi-hat was positioned.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Under the snare I positioned the C391 directly pointing to the snares. Using two microphones on the snare, pointing in opposite directions you have to be aware of phase problems.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If you don&#39;t reverse the phase of this microphone the snare will most surely sound dull and lifeless.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h4 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;h4 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;h4 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Hi Hat&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;h4 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;h4 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;I put another C391 pointing away from the drum-kit on the hi-hat. Positioning it on the outside border and away resulted in a very clear sound.&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;drum recording&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/images/tomhihat.jpg&quot; style=&quot;height: 151px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; width: 450px;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;Good mic placement is crucial to your drum recording&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Toms&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The toms were a typical 45° angle pointing at the center of the toms to get a little bit of attack from the sticks. Nothing super exciting here, just the simple and normal way to do it.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Overheads &amp;amp; Room microphones&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The overheads were positioned quite closely as I wanted to minimize the room sound. You can see on the picture below that they are fairly close to the drum kit.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;It&#39;s crucial that the overheads be positioned at the same distance from the snare drum because you could end up with annoying phase problems when the snare sound hits the overheads at different times.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;So as you can see, they are both tilted towards the center of the kit, in order to minimize any problem I might have with the snare.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;recording drums&quot; height=&quot;293&quot; src=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/images/drum-kit-mics.jpg&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Lastly, the Neumann U-87 was positioned in front of the drum-kit. It picked up the whole kit nicely, and being in cardioid pattern didn&#39;t pick up a lot of the room. Although, it being farther away than the other mics, the room sound was definitely a factor.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Listening to the drum recording in the control room, leveling off the faders it was obvious that we had accomplished a pretty good drum sound. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Conclusion&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Although these microphones and placements were used for blues, it does work for other styles as well of course. As somebody probably says, a good sound is a good sound is a good sound. It pretty much depends on the performance of the player and the style of music that&#39;s being recorded what type of sound you will get.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.audio-production-tips.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.audio-production-tips.com &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/381009662495189081/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/drum-recording.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/381009662495189081'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/381009662495189081'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/drum-recording.html' title='Drum recording'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-8942109726240921993</id><published>2011-04-11T08:09:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-11T08:20:42.094-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Delay Basics</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Understanding the basics of delay is very important as its one of the  most commonly used effects. Once you&#39;ve got the basics nailed you can  start to create your own sounds and techniques. In this tutorial i&#39;ll  cover the basic parameters that are commonly found on delay plugins. The  plugin i use in this tutorial is the Kjaerhus audio classic delay which  i think is very good. If you want to know more i have written an  article on it here.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;                                                                     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;                       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.live-laptops.com/images/Kjaerhus-audio-classic-dela.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Kjaerhus audio classic delay&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;48&quot; src=&quot;http://www.live-laptops.com/images/Kjaerhus-audio-classic-dela.jpg&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;What is delay?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Delay is a an time based effect, which means it  creates its effect by manipulating the way the sound behaves over time.  What delay actually does is take the audio signal that&#39;s fed into it  and repeats it over time. The resulting sound is like an echo of the  original sound, just like if you shouted into a big cave your voice  echo&#39;s back at you. This was first achieved with tape delay where there  was a loop of tape and different record and playback heads which would  record and playback the signal as it went round the tape loop. Usually  the sound gets quieter everytime its repeated and some times deteriates  tonally (this is what old tape delays did). There are different types of  delays like tape delay, analog and digital which all have different  tonal characteristics. In this tutorial were focusing on software  plugins that usually emulate the different sounds.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Parameters&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Understanding what each parameter does is  important to being able to use delay properly and also gives you the  power to manipulate it to create your own sounds. The actual names  displayed here may differ from plugin to plugin but they all do the same  thing.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Time&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;The time parameter is probably the most  obvious. Time changes how long the delay time is, in other words how  long between each delay is heard. Time is usually displayed in milli  seconds but more and more plugins sync to the tempo of the sequencer or  host, so it might be displayed in fractions of a beat like 1/4, 1/8 and  1/16 meaning the higher the second number the faster the delay.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Feedback&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;The feedback or repeat parameter controls how  many of the delay repeats are heard, almost like the decay of the delay.  For example if feedback is set to 100% the delay will be never ending.  What the feedback parameter actually does is feed the delay signal back  into the plugin to create more delays, hence the name.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Low &amp;amp; high cut filters&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Not all plugin delays will have this parameter  but many good ones do. Basically they allow you to filter out any low or  high frequencies. I really like these controls as they allow you to  mimic old tape and analog delays which had high pass filters and  naturally filtered out frequencies.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Mix&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;The mix parameter controls the mix between the  dry (uneffected signal) and wet (effected signal) signals. This  parameter is useful when you use the delay as an insert on a audio track  as you can control how much of the original signal is heard. If you are  using the delay as an effects send you should have the mix parameter  set so only the wet signal is heard as you hear the dry signal from the  original track.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Gain&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Very simply put it allows you add extra gain to the effect if its too quiet. Not all plugins will have this parameter.&lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Conclusion&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;So now you the basic principles and parameters  of delay you can go and make your own presets and sounds. Once you&#39;ve  mastered these you can go on the the intermediate and advanced  techniques of using delay. The name of the game with delay is to  experiment and see what you can get out of it. Check out the related  tutorials below to get more information on techniques and the different  types of delay.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.live-laptops.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.live-laptops.com &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/8942109726240921993/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/delay-basics.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/8942109726240921993'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/8942109726240921993'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/delay-basics.html' title='Delay Basics'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-4151155582310258892</id><published>2011-04-10T17:06:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-13T14:18:53.639-07:00</updated><title type='text'>All about Studio Compressors</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;You have&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: medium;&quot;&gt; no  doubt heard people talking&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;about compressors  and recording.&amp;nbsp; Perhaps you heard of albums or tracks being &quot;compressed&quot; to  make the sound better.&amp;nbsp; You may have also heard about audiophile albums boasting  that &quot;no compression&quot; was used as a positive thing.&amp;nbsp; Huh? What gives here?  We&#39;ll get to that and many other issues in this article, designed to make you fully  conversant about the compression process and where to use and how much to use and  when not to use.&amp;nbsp; We&#39;ll end up with a discussion of software vs. hardware compressors  and when software is appropriate.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Compression, ideally, is an &quot;invisible&quot; sort of  effect that can bring your audio material up to spec with professional recordings.&amp;nbsp;  Most audio professionals do use compressors in every piece and sometimes on nearly  every track in every piece.&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;And sometimes compressors are overused.&amp;nbsp; Ever  listen to a radio broadcast talk show and notice that when no one is talking you  hear noise and hiss coming through until someone talks?&amp;nbsp; That&#39;s a compressor  doing that.&amp;nbsp; Radio stations, especially those with weak transmitters, pump  the gain so they can get every ounce of volume out of FM radio&#39;s limited bandwidth.  They know that the loudest channel will attract and keep more listeners than the  ones at lower levels.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;And the same is somewhat true of the music we buy  and listen to.&amp;nbsp; Top 40 music is always compressed, polished and buffed so when  it comes across the radio or TV, even on tiny speakers, it&#39;s fully listenable and  accessible.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;3 Ways to Use a Compressor in your Studio&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;There are 3 places in the audio chain where compression  can be used to enhance your work of art.&amp;nbsp; They are the recording chain, the  tracking chain and finally the mixdown chain. We&#39;ll spend a little time on each  one.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;The Recording Chain&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Here the compressor is put on a direct out or insert of the mixer  which takes the microphone signal after it is boosted by the preamp. Other methods  are to place the compressor &quot;in between&quot; a mic preamp and an audio interface, or  on the inserts of an audio interface or preamp.&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;The purpose here is to optimize  the material for the recorder.&amp;nbsp; You want to make sure all low volume passages  actually do have a strong enough level where they won&#39;t bring in noise later, and  you also want to stop and loud &quot;peaks&quot; from overloading the recorder&#39;s input, which  will ruin the track.&amp;nbsp; That is compressor theory 101. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;However, there is a strong bias among those recording  to computer sequencers &lt;b&gt;not&lt;/b&gt; to record with with compression, but  to record at 24 bits.&amp;nbsp; The idea is that 24 bit audio offers such a significantly  lower noise floor it is best to simply record at at full dynamics (louds &lt;i&gt;and&lt;/i&gt;  softs) at a level so low that the highest peak will never approach 0db fs.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;  When you have the audio recorded as pristinely as possible, then you apply compression  in the digital domain, usually, with a plugin.&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Even recording to analog tape, or  16 bit files, you &lt;b&gt;can&lt;/b&gt; decide to avoid compression while recording,  if you are good at riding the gain or you have performers that understand how to  position themselves with the mic. (That is, they back off a few feet before letting  out the loud, and eat the mic when they whisper).&amp;nbsp; However, the more out-of-control  your performers are, the more likely you will need compression as you record.&amp;nbsp;  Its also true that some people&lt;i&gt; like&lt;/i&gt; to record through compressors because  they want to work that way.&amp;nbsp; Finally, if you are recording &lt;i&gt;live audio&lt;/i&gt;  direct to a 2 track stereo feed, say, for live TV, you may simply have to have a  whole lot of compressors working for you, particularly on the vocal channels.&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;There are many products specifically  designed for the task of compression.&amp;nbsp; If you see a mic preamp on a single  channel compressor, these are designed for this part of the chain. Sometimes these  are called&lt;b&gt; vocal compressors.&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp; But like any other gear, you can use  it for other uses too, such as guitars, acoustic instruments, etc.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;ART  Pro VLAII 2-Channel Compressor&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 9pt; font-weight: 700;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zzounds.com/a--3745/item--ARTPROVLAII/sid--compress&quot; target=&quot;_top&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;56&quot; src=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/ARTPROVLAII.jpg&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;The Tracking Chain&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Once you have your audio tracks  recorded on your computer or multi-track, you will be in the process of tweaking  each track to make it sound the best it can, in reference to all the other tracks.&amp;nbsp;  Here the compressor is added as an &lt;b&gt;insert&lt;/b&gt; on a mixer.&amp;nbsp; That  is, the signal goes out of the fader, goes through the compressor, then goes back  to the fader&#39;s channel.&amp;nbsp; If you recorded your vocals and acoustic instruments  without compression, and you are mixing on an analog board, you almost certainly  have to use one here to get the track up to spec.&amp;nbsp; This can be done &lt;b&gt; in the computer sequencer&#39;s mixer with a plugin&lt;/b&gt;, in the multi track if  it has &lt;b&gt;onboard compressors&lt;/b&gt;, or you do at at an &lt;b&gt;analog board  on inserts&lt;/b&gt; or busses.&amp;nbsp; No matter how you mix, the idea is to get the  tracks uniform, &lt;i&gt;so you don&#39;t &lt;/i&gt;have instruments or vocals suddenly dropping  out because they went soft on you.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;You may also need to clamp down  on those pesky peaks. Compression helps.&amp;nbsp; If you have a single guitar note  that peaks 15 db higher than the rest of the material, for example, your whole track  will have to be mixed 15db down which will definitely put it in the background.  The compressor, by clamping down on that peak, allows the whole guitar track to  be boosted higher in the mix, where it can, at least, be heard. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;A classic compressor such as the UA LA2A is a  nice choice for a vocal track.&amp;nbsp; it helps keep the vocal above the band in a  very pleasing way.&amp;nbsp; But let me tell you you won&#39;t be finding too many of  these at your local pawn shop. That&#39;s to software modeling you can have an  authentic replica of the LA2A on your sequencer track. Or you can get it in  hardware&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/UADLA2A.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;112&quot; src=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/UADLA2A.jpg&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;table&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr align=&quot;left&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr align=&quot;center&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Universal Audio LA2A Classic Leveling Amplifier&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr align=&quot;center&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Universal Audio now announces the rebirth of the    Teletronix LA-2A, a Universal Audio Classics product. Painstaking care    has been taken to ensure that every new LA-2A provides the performance    and characteristics of the original. Each unit is hand built, each    component carefully evaluated for authenticity. No expense has been    spared to guarantee that this LA-2A will bring that classic sound to    your recording. Demand the original. Accept no copy.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Compressors can also be used as  effects in their own right on drum tracks.&amp;nbsp; Drums are &quot;peaky&quot; by nature and  by clamping down on the peaks, you can make the drums louder and fuller sounding.&amp;nbsp;  If you have ever heard any strong rock drums on the radio, you are hearing drums  squashed down with compression and then boosted with volume.&amp;nbsp; Drums without  compression cannot hold up next to screaming vocals and distorted guitars.&amp;nbsp;  The same is true even for light jazz, where the engineer might only compress enough  to tame the peaks, but not affect the transparency of the audio.&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;  SM Pro Audio TB202 2-Channel Tube Microphone Preamp/Compressor&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/STOTB202.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;58&quot; src=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/STOTB202.jpg&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;The Mixdown Chain&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In the mix, a variety of compression techniques may be used.&amp;nbsp;  Compressors can be put on busses or even on sends and returns to affect (and  effect!) certain parts of the mix.&amp;nbsp; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;An advanced mix technique is often called &lt;b&gt;Parallel  Compression&lt;/b&gt;, where the uncompressed source tracks are mixed in with the  compressed signal coming back on a return or on a bus.&amp;nbsp; The advantage here  is that the compressor fattens the overall sound yet the peaks (which come from  the source signal) remain clear and &quot;on top&quot; of the compressed signal.&amp;nbsp;  Parallel compression can work for drums and vocals, or anything really.&amp;nbsp; It  can also be done with groups of tracks.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;But sometimes there is a temptation to put the compressor on  the&lt;i&gt; master bus&lt;/i&gt; (the main outs) particularly among newbies.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;OK, a compressor may be added here too,  and can have a dramatic affect, for better or worse.&amp;nbsp; Some professionals advise  against using compression here.&amp;nbsp; Particularly if you are sending the mix to  a mastering house for cd replication, let them use their gear.&amp;nbsp; However, if  this is a home cd production, you will have to master it yourself.&amp;nbsp; But again,  more cautions.&amp;nbsp; See if your mastering software has any software tools for the  finalizing task.&amp;nbsp; Mix to wave without compression and use a mastering processor  there.&amp;nbsp; But if you are mixing down direct to a cd recorder or DAT and this  is the last stop, then go ahead, compress the mix. If done properly, the whole thing  will come out louder and stronger. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;There are some exotic compressors like the  Fairchild, which has been modeled by UAD and Waves, that is designed to be  strapped on a 2 channel mix.&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;These  impart a character on the whole mix in a pleasing way. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;Universal  Audio has released a hardware replica of their famous 1176 Limiting amplifier.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;  You can also get an 1176 in software in the UAD2 system.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/UAD21176.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/UAD21176.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;table&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr align=&quot;center&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Universal Audio 2-1176 Twin Vintage Limiting Amplifier&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr align=&quot;center&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Finally, a true stereo 1176! With over 2000 units    already sold to date since the year 2000 re-birth of Universal Audio&#39;s    1176LN, it is clear the public&#39;s love affair with the legendary sound of    the 1176 is still as passionate as ever.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;table&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Dynamic Range at Mixdown&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;This is a good thing, right?&amp;nbsp;  Not if you want to be&lt;b&gt; loud&lt;/b&gt;.&amp;nbsp; Dynamic range is the difference  between the softest passage and the loudest passage in a song.&amp;nbsp; Compression  shrinks dynamic range.&amp;nbsp; it makes the soft part louder and the loud part the  loudest it can be.&amp;nbsp; So. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp; Got  to be Loud?&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp; It&#39;s at this point where you would consider multi-band compressors,  like the  TC electronics Finalizer and brick wall limiters, like the Waves L2, or the  UAD Precision limiter. These will let you use every bit of space in the audio  bandwidth and you will be able to maintain consistent loudness.&amp;nbsp; Because those  writing top 40 hits all seem to do this, you may need to go this route if that&#39;s  your bag.&amp;nbsp; &lt;b&gt;Want to be soft and loud? &lt;/b&gt;You might consider not using compression  or just extremely light limiting at all at this stage and preserve the dynamics  of the material.&amp;nbsp; Orchestral and ambient works benefit from this approach as  it makes for great dramatic passages when the orchestra does get loud. This is where  some producers boast, &quot;no compression was used&quot;.&amp;nbsp; Of course, they are not aiming  to get played on car radios around the globe.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin-right: 1em; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/TCEC400XL.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;163&quot; src=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/TCEC400XL.jpg&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot;&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;TC Electronic C400XL Dual Gate Compressor&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h6 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;style20&quot;&gt;Tweak: &lt;/span&gt;&amp;nbsp;A compressor with presets?&amp;nbsp; You  bet.&amp;nbsp; For those that don&#39;t want to learn how to tweak a compressor, the TC  C400XL offers presets to get you in the right ballpark.&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Hardware vs. Software Compressors &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Just  a few notes here. Most modern sequencers have software compressors these days. These  come in many different styles and types and many of them sound quite good. However,  these are mainly for post-recording. You apply them to an audio track or soft synth  as a plugin, &lt;i&gt;after&lt;/i&gt; the recording has been made. Software compressors do not  help as you record, so they cannot limit the peaks coming off the microphone through  the preamp and into the converter. Hardware compressors, on the other hand, when  setup correctly, modify the signal before it is recorded, thus preventing the overloads  that can ruin a take. If you don&#39;t want to use a hardware compressor here you simply  have to be careful about overloads. With 24 bit recording you can record at a lower  level to avoid overloads, however, it is a great idea to have the protection of  a hardware compressor all the same.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot; class=&quot;margin3&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin-right: 1em; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/fairchild.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;166&quot; src=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/fairchild.jpg&quot; width=&quot;200&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;The  UAD-1 Fairchild 670&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Software Compressor is modeled  after the famous Fairchild compressor  designed for compressing the  signal for vinyl LP.&amp;nbsp; You can use it in your software  sequencer and it  can impart an interesting sheen over the mix.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; It is  one of my  favorites.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;There  are some great software compressors available today. As usual, the better ones will  cost you. Take a look at the Universal Audio  card which allows you to run software models of the classic  1176LN, LA-2A, Pultec EQP-1A, and Fairchild 670 hardware devices. Also check out  the  Waves Platinum compressors. But as always, use what you have first, get as much  as you can out of them, and then consider upgrading.&amp;nbsp; One of the more unique  compressor bundles you can get today is the  Focusrite Liquid Mix which is a combination of software and hardware DSP in  a unified control surface.&amp;nbsp; The package includes 20 different EQs and 40 classic  compressors you can use right inside your sequencer, yet it uses a firewire connected  DSP for the horsepower.&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;OK, you should be up to speed on  what a compressor is and why, how and where they are used.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: grey; font-family: Verdana;&quot;&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin-right: 1em; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/Liquid_Mix.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot;&gt;&lt;img _extended=&quot;true&quot; alt=&quot;large product image&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;137&quot; id=&quot;placeHolderImage&quot; src=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/images/Liquid_Mix.jpg&quot; width=&quot;200&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Focusrite Liquid Mix FireWire Mix Processor&amp;nbsp; &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: grey; font-family: Verdana; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: grey; font-family: Verdana; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Each of Liquid Mix’s 32 channels       provides EQ and Compressor emulations selected from a huge pool       of high-quality vintage and modern day classics. 20 EQs and 40  compressors&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: grey; font-family: Verdana;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h6 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;Source &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.tweakheadz.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;&lt;h6 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/h6&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/4151155582310258892/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/all-about-studio-compressors.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/4151155582310258892'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/4151155582310258892'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/all-about-studio-compressors.html' title='All about Studio Compressors'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-5679217327181297429</id><published>2011-04-09T08:48:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-09T08:48:21.961-07:00</updated><title type='text'>EQ Principles</title><content type='html'>&lt;h2 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;What is an Equalizer?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;An  equalizer, or EQ, is a filter that allows you to adjust the  volume level of a  frequency, or range of frequencies, in an audio  signal. In its simplest form,  an EQ will let you turn the treble and  bass up or down, allowing you to adjust  the coloration of, let’s say,  your car stereo or iPod. In pretty much any audio  application—including  live sound, recording, broadcast, and corporate   installations—equalization is a sophisticated art and is critical to a  good  mix.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;When  used correctly, an equalizer can provide the impression of  nearness or  distance, “fatten” or “thin” a sound, and help blend or  provide separation  between similar sounds in a mix, allowing both to be  heard as intended. It can  also be used to adjust a sound system to  account for the acoustical response of  a room or an outdoor venue.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Parametric EQ&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;floatRight leftMargin15px&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; width: 292px;&quot;&gt;     &lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;The  parametric EQ and semi-parametric EQ are mainstays of recording  and live sound  because they offer continuous control over their  parameters. These types of EQ  offer continuous control over the audio  signal’s frequency content, which is  divided into several bands of  frequencies (most commonly three to seven bands). &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;float: left; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; margin-right: 1em; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.presonus.com/media/images/community/test-graph.gif&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;320&quot; src=&quot;http://www.presonus.com/media/images/community/test-graph.gif&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;FIG 1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Both  parametric and semi-parametric EQs typically provide control of  the gain (boost/cut)  for each frequency band, the center frequency of  the midrange bands, and the  cutoff frequency for the low and high bands  (see &lt;strong&gt;Fig.  1&lt;/strong&gt;). The difference between fully parametric   and semi-parametric EQs typically is that the fully parametric EQ  offers  continuous control of the bandwidth, which determines the range  of frequencies  affected, or control over the Q, which is the ratio of  the center frequency to  the bandwidth (see sidebar “Who or What is  Q?”). For most purposes, a Q control  accomplishes the same thing as a  bandwidth control but they are not identical. Most  PreSonus EQs offer Q  control; the exception is the EQ3B 3-band parametric EQ,  which has a  bandwidth control instead (see &lt;strong&gt;Fig. 2&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;The EQ  in the &lt;b&gt;Eureka&lt;/b&gt;™  is a  good example of a fully parametric hardware EQ, offering control  of gain,  center frequency, and Q for all of its three frequency bands.  With more than  three bands, you can get even more precise, as with the &lt;b&gt;ProEQ &lt;/b&gt;plug-in  for Studio One™ (see &lt;strong&gt;Fig. 3&lt;/strong&gt;). &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;In a  true semi-parametric EQ, the gain and frequency are adjustable  but the Q and  bandwidth are fixed at a preset value. A variation on the  semi-parametric is the quasi-parametric EQ, which typically provides  full frequency and  gain adjustment but only two or three Q settings.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;float: left; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; margin-right: 1em; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.presonus.com/media/images/community/eq3b.gif&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;65&quot; src=&quot;http://www.presonus.com/media/images/community/eq3b.gif&quot; width=&quot;200&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;FIG 2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: right;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;  A good  example of the difference can be seen by comparing the fully parametric EQ in  the Fat Channel section of the StudioLive™ 24.4.2 digital  mixer, which provides continuous Q control, with the quasi-&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: right;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;parametric Fat Channel EQ in the StudioLive 16.4.2  digital  mixer, which offers a simple choice of high or low Q settings.  We usually call  the StudioLive 16.4.2 equalizer a “semi-parametric EQ”  because that’s a much  more common term and is accurate in a broad  sense, but strictly speaking, it’s  quasi-parametric. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Shelving EQ&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;floatRight leftMargin15px&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; width: 250px;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin-right: 1em; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.presonus.com/media/images/community/pro_eq.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.presonus.com/media/images/community/pro_eq.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;FIG 3&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;  A  shelving EQ attenuates or boosts frequencies above or below a  specified cutoff  point. Shelving equalizers come in two different  varieties: high-pass and low-pass.  Low-pass shelving filters pass all  frequencies below a specified cutoff  frequency, while attenuating all  the frequencies above the cutoff. A high-pass  filter does the opposite,  passing all frequencies above the specified cutoff  frequency while  attenuating everything below. Usually, the frequencies beyond  the  cutoff are rolled off, following a predetermined curve, not cut off   sharply, as with a “brickwall” filter. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Some  multiband parametric EQs offer low and high bands that can be  switched to shelving  filters. In others, such as the EQ in the Studio Channel, the  low and high bands are shelving filters, while the mid band is fully parametric. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Graphic EQ&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;floatRight leftMargin15px&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; width: 250px;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;table cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;tr-caption-container&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin-right: 1em; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.presonus.com/media/images/community/apple_geq.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.presonus.com/media/images/community/apple_geq.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class=&quot;tr-caption&quot; style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;FIG 4&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; A graphic EQ typically consists of a bank of  slider controls used to boost or cut fixed frequency bands (see &lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Fig. 4&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;).  A well-designed graphic EQ  creates an output frequency response that  corresponds as closely as possible to  the curve displayed graphically  by the sliders. Designers of analog EQs must carefully  choose the  bandwidth of the filter and decide how the bandwidth should vary  with  gain and how the filters are summed or cascaded. In general, narrower   bandwidth signifies a more precise EQ. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;In general, most graphic EQs have between 7 and  31 bands.  Professional sound-reinforcement graphic EQs generally have 31 bands,   and the center frequency of each band is spaced 1/3 of an octave away  from the  center frequency of the adjacent bands, so that three bands  (three sliders on  the front panel) cover a combined bandwidth of one  octave. Graphic EQs with  half as many bands per octave are generally  used when less precision is needed.  You will often find this 2/3-octave  design on monaural, 15-band or less graphic  EQs in guitar amps, bass  amps, and some stompboxes. In traditional graphic EQ  designs, the  center frequency of each band is fixed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Some high-end digital graphic EQs offer greater  precision. This is the approach PreSonus took with the StudioLive™  16.4.2   mixer: the graphic EQ) is a pool of shelving  filters from which  coefficients like cutoff frequency, bandwidth, and gain are  extracted  through a process of curve-fitting. The curve entered by the user is   first oversampled. The system then works with an internal curve made up  of 128 bands  to find coefficients for the first shelving filter that,  when subtracted from  the user’s curve, will produce the flattest  possible response: 0 dB. The  resulting response is then used to find  coefficients for the second shelving  filter, using the same  optimization process. Coefficients for all available  shelving filters  are found through a recursive process.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Unlike conventional designs, the frequency and  bandwidth of the  “bands” depends on the curve entered by the user. This allows  for much  tighter matching of that curve. Because of this innovative design, the   curve fitting-process is capable of very steep transitions, and unlike   conventional, analog graphic EQs, what you see is what you get. With a   carefully drawn, smooth curve, the StudioLive EQ will have almost no  frequency  ripple. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Graphic EQs are generally used to fine-tune  the overall mix for a  particular room. For instance, if you are mixing in a “dead”  room, you  may want to boost high frequencies and roll off some of the lows. If   you are mixing in a “live” room, you might need to lower the  high-midrange and  highest frequencies. In general, you should not make  drastic amplitude  adjustments to any particular frequency bands.  Instead, make smaller,  incremental adjustments over a wider spectrum to  round out your final mix. To  assist you with these adjustments, here  is an overview of which frequencies  affect different sound  characteristics: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sub-Bass (16 Hz to 60 Hz).&lt;/strong&gt; These very low bass  frequencies are felt,  rather than heard, as with freeway rumbling or an  earthquake. These frequencies  give your mix a sense of power even when  they only occur occasionally. However,  overemphasizing frequencies in  this range will result in a muddy mix. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bass (60 Hz to 250 Hz).&lt;/strong&gt; Because this range contains  the  fundamental notes of the rhythm section, any EQ changes will affect  the balance  of your mix, making it fat or thin. Too much emphasis will  make for a boomy  mix. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Low Mids (250 Hz to 2 kHz).&lt;/strong&gt; In general, you will  want to emphasize the  lower portion of this range and deemphasize the  upper portion. Boosting the  range from 250 Hz to 500 Hz will accent  ambience in the studio and will add  clarity to bass and lower frequency  instruments. The range between 500 Hz and 2  kHz can make midrange  instruments (guitar, snare, saxophone, etc.) “honky,” and  too much  boost between 1 kHz and 2 kHz can make your mix sound thin or “tinny.” &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;High Mids (2 kHz to 4 kHz).&lt;/strong&gt; The attack portion of  percussive and  rhythm instruments occurs in this range. High mids are  also responsible for the  projection of midrange instruments. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Presence (4 kHz to 6 kHz).&lt;/strong&gt; This frequency range is  partly responsible  for the clarity of a mix and provides a measure of  control over the perception  of distance. If you boost this frequency  range, the mix will be perceived as closer  to the listener. Attenuating  around 5 kHz will make the mix sound further away  but also more  transparent. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Brilliance (6 kHz to 16 kHz).&lt;/strong&gt; While this range  controls the brilliance  and clarity of your mix, boosting it too much  can cause some clipping so keep  an eye on your main meter. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;How to Find the Best and Leave the  Rest&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;In the “Making  the Cut” section are some general frequency  principles to guide you through the  wonderful world of equalization but  these are far from set in stone. So how do  you find the best and worst  each instrument has to offer and adjust them  accordingly? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Here is  a great starting place:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;First,  solo just the instrument with which you are working. Most  engineers start  building their mix with the drums and work from the  bottom up (kick, snare,  toms, high hat, overheads). Each instrument  resonates the most in a specific  frequency bandwidth, so if you are  working on your kick drum mic, start with  the lowest band of the EQ.  Tune in the best-sounding low end and move on to the  attack. It is not  uncommon to hear an annoying ringing or a ‘“twang’” somewhere  mixed in  with your amazing-sounding low end and perfect attack, so your next   task will be to find that offending frequency and notch it out. Once you  are  satisfied with your kick drum, mute it, and move on to the next  instrument. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Taking  your time with equalization is well worth the effort. Your  mix will have better  separation and more clarity when each instrument’s  EQ is set so that it shines  through the mix. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;A few  general words of wisdom:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;listArrow&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;You can  only do so much.&lt;/strong&gt; Not every instrument  can or should have a  full, rich low end and a sharp attack. If every  instrument is EQ’d to have the  same effect, it will lose its identity  in the mix. Your goal is not individual  perfection, it is collective  perfection in the mix. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step  away from the mix.&lt;/strong&gt; Your ears get fatigued  just like the rest of  you. If you are working particularly hard on one  instrument, your ears will be  quite literally numbed to that frequency  range. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Your  memory is not what you think it is.&lt;/strong&gt;  Comparing a flat EQ and the  curve that you’ve created allows you to see  exactly what you’ve done. So be  honest with yourself. Sometimes that  EQ setting you’ve been working on for 15  minutes is not the right  choice, so move on.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Never be  afraid to take a risk.&lt;/strong&gt; The best EQ tricks were found by mad  scientists of sound. “Playing” applies to engineers as well as musicians.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.presonus.com/&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;http://www.presonus.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/5679217327181297429/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/eq-principles.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/5679217327181297429'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/5679217327181297429'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/eq-principles.html' title='EQ Principles'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-2360092858637936084</id><published>2011-04-08T05:07:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-08T05:08:59.295-07:00</updated><title type='text'>How Does Vocal Pitch Correction Work?</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;A  vocal performance is a series of notes in different pitches.  When  holding a long note (word) that isn&#39;t supposed to change pitch, it  should stay relatively around the middle of the key.  If it stays in the  middle then sharply goes up or down near the end of the note, that&#39;s  when you hear an obvious off-key break.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we edit pitch, we  can bend the end of the note so it stays near the middle.  Now it&#39;s  perfectly in tune. We can also increase or decrease vibrato.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes singers run out of breath at the end of a line and those words  are weaker, or sometimes a singer can&#39;t belt out certain words.  In  this case we can make the words 3-4db louder during vocal editing.  We  also cut down the volume on breaths that are too loud.  We de&#39;s vocals  too and can add effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When submitting a track, we need only the vocal track, no music.  You can&#39;t edit vocals with music playing along with it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to say it moves everyone up one grade.  In some cases a grade  and a half.  If you give a &quot;C&quot; performance, adjusting pitch and vibrato  can make it a &quot;B&quot; maybe &quot;B+.&quot;  The most important thing you must have is  good time and some feeling in your vocals.  Pitch and vibrato  correction can do the rest.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://cdmusicmastering.com/&quot;&gt;http://cdmusicmastering.com &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/2360092858637936084/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/how-does-vocal-pitch-correction-work.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/2360092858637936084'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/2360092858637936084'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/how-does-vocal-pitch-correction-work.html' title='How Does Vocal Pitch Correction Work?'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-8334953638361943836</id><published>2011-04-08T04:56:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-08T04:56:12.403-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Music Production and Mixing Tips &amp; Tricks</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;What makes a pro recording pro? What is the &quot;sound&quot; that the pros get  and how can you make your recordings sound more professional?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; The simple answer is - there&#39;s no simple answer. But with careful  listening and a little experience you can create excellent results with  modest equipment.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;b&gt;Good mixing starts ear&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; The first and most important item of equipment is - who knows? Anyone?  It&#39;s your ears! Sorry to tell you this, but listening to ten hours of  Rave at 110dB will do nothing for them and you might as well give your  mix to a turtle as try to mix with misused ears.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; Listen to commercial recordings of mixes you like, analyse them, listen  for the effects and get to know what constitutes the sort of sound  you&#39;re after.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;b&gt;Mixing secrets&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; There&#39;s no hidden secret to getting a good sound, but if we had to sum  up the secret of mixing in two words it would be this - EQ and  compression. Okay that&#39;s three words.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; These are probably the two most important tools used by professional  producers. However, like any tools, if you don&#39;t know how to use them  you&#39;ll be carving Habitat tables instead of Chippendale chairs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; That&#39;s where your ears and experience come in. Here we have assembled  some production ideas, suggestions, tips and tricks but they can only be  guidelines and need to be adapted to suit your material. There are no  presets you can switch in to make a bad recording sound good. And if  your original material has been poorly recorded not even Abbey Road  could salvage your mix. But follow these suggestions and see how much  your mixes improve.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;googleleft&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;b&gt;Get the level right&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; You can&#39;t push the levels when recording digitally as you can when  recording to tape but you still want to get as much signal into the  system as possible. This means watching the levels very carefully for  clipping, and recording at an even and constant level.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; Some recording software lets you monitor and set the input level from  within. Some expect you to use the soundcard&#39;s mixer while others have  no facility for internally adjusting the input level and expect you to  set this at source.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;b&gt;Monitors&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; Your ears are only as good as the monitors they listen to. DO NOT expect  to produce a good, pro mix on tiny computer speakers. It may sound fine  on a computer system, but try it on a hi fi, in a disco and through a  car stereo.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; Oddly enough, you don&#39;t necessarily need the most expensive Mic. Many  top artists use what some might call &quot;average&quot; Mics because they work  well and get the job done. You can spend a wad on a large diaphragm  capacitor Mic (yes, they&#39;re good for vocals) if you have the lolly but  check out dynamic Mics which are much more affordable and can be turned  to several tasks.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;b&gt;Mixing MIDI and audio&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; One of the great things about computer-based recording is that the parts  can so easily be changed, edited and processed. It&#39;s also so easy to  combine MIDI and audio tracks and many musicians use a combination of  sample loops, MIDI parts and audio recording.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; Audio recordings are generally guitar and acoustic instruments such as  the sax and vocals. Incidentally, the best way to record guitars is by  sticking a Mic in front of its speakers. You can DI them and process  them later and this may be cleaner but for a natural guitar sound a  Miced amp is hard to beat.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; It&#39;s not necessary to record drums live and, in fact, it&#39;s difficult to  do and retain a modern sound. You can buy off-the-shelf MIDI drum riffs  and audio drum loops, or program your own. The quality of the gear which  makes drum noises these days is such that anyone with a good riff can  sound like a pro.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;b&gt;Mixing MIDI&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; As MIDI and audio parts appear on the same screen in modern sequencers,  it&#39;s very easy to arrange them into a song. However, when you come to  mix everything down there&#39;s another consideration. If you are recording  to DAT you can simply route the audio and MIDI outputs through a mixer  and into the DAT machine.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; However, if you want to create a CD you must first convert the MIDI  parts to audio data. The entire song can then be mixed to hard disk and  burned to CD. Converting MIDI to audio can have another benefit and  that&#39;s the ability to process the MIDI tracks using digital effects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;  &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;b&gt;Effects&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; There are three positions for effects known as Master, Send and Insert.  Use the Master for effects you want to apply to the entire mix. These  will often be EQ, compression and reverb.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; Although giving each channel its own Insert effects is kinda neat, each  one uses a corresponding amount of CPU power. So if your computer is  struggling and if you&#39;re using the same effect on more than one channel,  make the effect a Send effect and route those channels to it.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; Many pieces of software let you apply an effect Pre or Post fader. With  Post fader, the amount of sound sent to the effect is controlled by the  fader. With Pre fader, the total volume level of the signal is sent.  Post fader is the usual default and the one you&#39;ll use the most.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;  &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;b&gt;EQ&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; EQ is the most popular and the most over-used effect. Yes, it can be  used to try to &quot;fix a mix&quot; but you can&#39;t make a silk purse out of a  sow&#39;s ear as me Gran used to say and what she didn&#39;t know about mixing  could be written in the margin of the book of honest politicians.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; But before you start messing with EQ - or any other effect for that  matter - make sure you have a decent set of speakers. Have we said that  already? Oh, must be important, then.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; There are plug-in effects such as MaxxBass which can psychoacoustically  enhance the bass frequencies to make it sound better on smaller  speakers. However, this is by no means the same as getting a good bass  sound in the first place by observing good recording principles.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; EQ can enhance a mix to add gloss, fairy dust, shimmer, sheen, a  sweetener or whatever you want to call it to the final production. It  can be done with enhancers and spectralisers, too, although these tend  to mess with the harmonics which some producers don&#39;t like. However,  don&#39;t dismiss them out of hand.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; General EQ lore says that you should cut rather than boost. If a sound  is top-heavy, the temptation is to boost the mid and bass ranges. But  then what usually happens is you start boosting the upper range to  compensate and you simply end up boosting everything and you&#39;re back  where you started - only louder!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; The reason why cutting is preferred is that boosting also boosts the  noise in the signal which is not what you want. Try it. Boost every  frequency and listen to the result. If you think it sounds okay, fine.  What do we know?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; But when you&#39;re fiddling, do keep an eye on the output meter. Boosting  EQ inevitably means increasing the gain and it&#39;s so-o-o-o easy to clip  the output causing distortion which does not sound good.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; Finally, check EQ changes to single tracks while playing back the entire  piece. In other words, listen to the tracks in context with all the  other tracks. It may sound fine in isolation but some frequencies may  overlap onto other tracks making the piece frequency rich in some places  and frequency poor in others.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;  &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;b&gt;Reverb&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; Reverb creates space. It gives the impression that a sound was recorded  in a hall or canyon instead of the broom cupboard. Recording lore  suggests that you record everything dry, with no reverb, so you can  experiment with a choice later on. You can&#39;t un-reverb a track once it&#39;s  been recorded.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; The more reverb you apply, the further away sound will seem. To make a  vocal up-front, use only enough reverb to take away the dryness. Vocals  don&#39;t want to be mushy (lyrics can be mushy) so use a bright reverb.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; A common novice error is to swamp everything with different types of reverb. Don&#39;t - it sounds horrible!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;  &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;b&gt;Mixing down&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; You&#39;ve done all the recordings, done the edits, applied the effects and  now it&#39;s time to mix everything into a Big Number One Hit! Before you  do, go home and have a good night&#39;s sleep. Have two. In fact, sleep for a  week.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; Yes, we know you&#39;re hot and raring to go but your ears are tired.  They&#39;re falling asleep. Listen carefully and you might hear then snore!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; There is a phenomenon known as ear fatigue and consistent exposure to  sound, especially the same frequencies, makes our ears less responsive  to them. Goes back to the bit about spending your life in a Rave club -  you&#39;ll never be a master producer. If you try to mix after spending a  day arranging, your ears will not be as responsive, so do them and your  mix a favour by waiting at least a day.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.articlealley.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.articlealley.com &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/8334953638361943836/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/music-production-and-mixing-tips-tricks.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/8334953638361943836'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/8334953638361943836'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/music-production-and-mixing-tips-tricks.html' title='Music Production and Mixing Tips &amp; Tricks'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-9171580441360412032</id><published>2011-04-07T06:48:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-07T06:48:42.408-07:00</updated><title type='text'>The Sound Spectrum &amp; Analysis Tools</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Have you ever wondered why you can listen to one mix and hear every part  and instrument clearly, but listen to another and struggle to figure  out what&#39;s going on?  Well, wonder no more ...&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: medium none; color: black; overflow: hidden; text-align: left; text-decoration: none;&quot;&gt;&lt;h2 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Understanding the Audio Spectrum&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;KonaBody&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You probably already know that &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.brighthub.com/multimedia/audio/articles/73489.aspx&quot; target=&quot;_self&quot;&gt;sound is made of a spectrum&lt;/a&gt;.  The limits of human hearing in this spectrum run from about 40 Hz at  the lower end to about 16,000 Hz at the upper end. At the lower and  higher extremes the sound may actually be felt rather than heard, but we  don&#39;t need to go into that just now.&lt;br /&gt;
You might already know  this, but do you know how to make use of this knowledge so as to make it  work for you in your mixing? The chances are you may never even have  thought about it.&lt;br /&gt;
Different regions of this spectrum exhibit  different characteristics. There&#39;s no absolutely arbitrary way of  identifying precise boundaries, but the categories shown below are  generally agreed to be there or thereabouts. Along with each category is  listed its main characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
Bass: from about 40 Hz to 200 Hz: Booming, full, solid&lt;br /&gt;
Low Mids: from about 200 Hz to 800 Hz:&lt;span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Body, fatness, fullness, warmth&lt;br /&gt;
Mids: from about 800 Hz to 5,000 Hz&lt;span&gt;: &lt;/span&gt;Clear, present, forward&lt;br /&gt;
Highs: from about 5,000 Hz to 8,000 Hz&lt;span&gt;: &lt;/span&gt;Bright, alive, brilliant&lt;br /&gt;
Ultra Highs: above about 8,000 Hz&lt;span&gt;: &lt;/span&gt;Crisp, radiant sparkling&lt;br /&gt;
The  way in which the sounds produced by different instruments use different  permutations of these frequencies is one of the aspects which  determines the sound of the instrument. One issue that you will need to  address in mixing is how to prevent your different instruments (and  voices) from fighting each other for ownership of the same frequencies.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Spectral Analysis Tools&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;KonaBody&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.brighthub.com/multimedia/audio/articles/5321.aspx?image=112535&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Nichols Digital Inspector&quot; src=&quot;http://images.brighthub.com/51/6/5169ddd5f9fe54a1ed946646fdba183a902ed16d_small.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 0; cursor: pointer; float: right; margin-left: 10px;&quot; title=&quot;Nichols Digital Inspector&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;There are a number of tools available to help you to do this. One category is the &lt;em&gt;Spectral Analyzer&lt;/em&gt;. It is important to understand that unlike the variety of plug-ins that you already own - EQ, Delay, Reverb, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.brighthub.com/multimedia/video/articles/29815.aspx&quot; target=&quot;_self&quot;&gt;Compressor&lt;/a&gt;,  etc. - this type of plug-in does not in any shape, fashion or form  alter or affect the audio signal to which it is applied. It merely  gathers information about this audio signal and passes it back to you.&lt;br /&gt;
Two  examples of such a plug-in are illustrated. These are the  MultiInspectorFree and the Roger Nichols Digital Inspector. Both of  these area available free. The freeware version of MultiInspector lets  you compare the signals from up to three different tracks at the same  time (the illustration shows two). There is also a more powerful version  available for purchase that lets you compare up to 16 tracks at one  time.&lt;br /&gt;
These tools can be useful many ways. One such use is to  help you in identifying areas where you may need to resolve conflict  between different track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.brighthub.com/multimedia/audio/articles/5321.aspx?image=112536&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;VST Multi Inspector&quot; src=&quot;http://images.brighthub.com/2b/2/2b2e8e831baba48346157d31930b5a09a569d9ce_small.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 0; cursor: pointer; float: left; margin-right: 10px;&quot; title=&quot;VST Multi Inspector&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Consider  our example of the use of MultiInspector. The illustration on the left  shows this plug-in applied to analyse a vocal harmony between two  voices. You can observe, for example, that there are some frequencies  (for example around 250 Hz) where one voice will clearly cut through  above the other. However, there are other areas (particularly from about  1,200 Hz to about 3,000 Hz) where they seem to be locked in mortal  combat.&lt;br /&gt;
In our next article we&#39;ll look at what methods we have at our disposal for resolving this, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.brighthub.com/multimedia/audio/articles/5322.aspx&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;how to apply the EQ tool&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: medium none; color: black; overflow: hidden; text-align: left; text-decoration: none;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: medium none; color: black; overflow: hidden; text-align: left; text-decoration: none;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.brighthub.com/&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;http://www.brighthub.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/9171580441360412032/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/sound-spectrum-analysis-tools.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/9171580441360412032'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/9171580441360412032'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/sound-spectrum-analysis-tools.html' title='The Sound Spectrum &amp; Analysis Tools'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-5637186862872944923</id><published>2011-04-07T06:46:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-07T06:46:42.091-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Tips on Setting Up Your Own Home Recording Studio</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;h2 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sound Design&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;KonaBody&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Setting up your own home  recording studio seems a lot more practical in today&#39;s world of social  networking, independent record labels, and home audio mixing software.  With a certain amount of home materials, computer equipment, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.brighthub.com/multimedia/audio/articles/67692.aspx&quot; target=&quot;_self&quot;&gt;microphones&lt;/a&gt;,  and associated technology you can actually create a fairly sufficient  home recording studio without having to use professional money and  studio space. If you are really looking at what setting up your own home  recording studio means it requires you first identifying what purposes  you want, what type of home audio mixing software you want to use, how  much money you are willing to spend, and how much space you are willing  to give up. Here is a look at a few tips on setting up your own home  recording studio.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Software and Computer&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;KonaBody&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.brighthub.com/multimedia/audio/articles/111901.aspx?image=162888&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;3cc55bc25ec970803be24a7d602d84195c762249 large&quot; src=&quot;http://images.brighthub.com/70/f/70f1f6d8de3104d1a498ec0838cf6e32a833bcff_small.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 0; cursor: pointer; float: left; margin-right: 10px;&quot; title=&quot;3cc55bc25ec970803be24a7d602d84195c762249 large&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;The  computer, and the home audio mixing software you use, is going to be  the primary focus for setting up your own home recording studio. This is  going to process your sound design at all levels, and the rest of the  sound equipment is simply to facilitate the capture of the sound. To do  this effectively you need to take a look at the home audio mixing  software that you want to use, which should dictate the technical  requirements of your computer. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.brighthub.com/multimedia/audio/articles/69289.aspx&quot; target=&quot;_self&quot;&gt;Pro Tools&lt;/a&gt;,  for example, dictates a certain computer requirement as well as a  hardware component until the most recent incarnation. If you are buying  the software and the computer at the same time make them congruent as  this is going to set your limits on how in depth your sound design will  be.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The Room&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;KonaBody&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If  you are setting up your own home recording studio for recording music  tracks then you are going to have to have sufficient space that is  designed to facilitate performance. Essentially this means that an  entire medium to large room must be isolated just for the audio  recording studio, which will also require creating a furniture  infrastructure that will facilitate musical and recording equipment as  well as soundproofing on the walls. Beyond the computer this will be the  most significant and expensive part of setting up your own home  recording studio, but without this kind of dedication you will not be  able to record clean music or work professionally. This is really just  the bare minimum, and it would be even better to try to remodel two  rooms so that performance can happen in one while the technical  recording and mixing process can happen in another. This will give a  cleaner monitoring of the sound and allow the person doing the sound  design to have a better conception of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.brighthub.com/multimedia/audio/articles/110613.aspx&quot; target=&quot;_self&quot;&gt;audio mix&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Microphones&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;KonaBody&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Many  electronic instruments will plug directly into the recording interface,  but acoustic instruments and voices will need high quality microphones  to facilitate the recording. There are a lot of different options for  this, but what you should remember is that the microphones used in  recording in your home studio are going to be a lot different than what  you want from microphones used for live performance or recording.  Sensitivity and clarity should be the main focus of your studio  microphones, so you may want to avoid &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.brighthub.com/multimedia/audio/articles/67546.aspx&quot; target=&quot;_self&quot;&gt;condenser microphones&lt;/a&gt; in general and this may be one of the times when a ribbon microphone is a good choice.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: medium none; color: black; overflow: hidden; text-align: left; text-decoration: none;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.brighthub.com/&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;http://www.brighthub.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/5637186862872944923/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/tips-on-setting-up-your-own-home.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/5637186862872944923'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/5637186862872944923'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/tips-on-setting-up-your-own-home.html' title='Tips on Setting Up Your Own Home Recording Studio'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-4048090044995776745</id><published>2011-04-07T06:38:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-07T06:38:39.225-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Vocal Tuning &amp; Pitch Correction 101</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Tuning &amp;amp; Pitch Correction&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In the year 2011, the engineer’s ability to take an “off note” and  bump it to a correct note is a well known fact. Made most popular by the  use of Antares Auto-Tune by artists such as Daft Punk, Cher, and  T-Pain, Auto-Tune has become a commonly understood (sometimes  mis-understood) concept and has even shown up as an &lt;a href=&quot;http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/i-am-t-pain/id314652382?mt=8&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;&#39;I Am T-Pain&#39; iPhone App | iTunes Store&quot;&gt;iPhone app.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Tuning software has been around for well over a decade, and has been  used in records in far more transparent ways for awhile now. In fact,  it’s been a lifesaver to many a recording. Sometimes you get that  magical take (or only one take) that just has that slightly off moment.  Tuning gives the engineer the choice to leave the take natural, or make  it “perfect.”&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Pitch Correction vs. Pitch Shifting&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Pitch Correction is not simply finding the intended pitch and gluing  the off note to it. That’s called Pitch Shifting. While Shifting and  Correction have a lot of things in common – there is one fundamental  difference. &lt;span style=&quot;text-decoration: underline;&quot;&gt;Instruments, particularly the human voice, have harmonic signatures.&lt;/span&gt;  These signatures in conjunction with overtone patterns allow us to  identify when an instrument is a guitar, a flute, a sine wave, or a  voice. The voice in particular is manually shaped with various harmonic  signatures, called &lt;a href=&quot;http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/music/vowel.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Formants | Mouth Shapes and Frequencies&quot;&gt;Formants&lt;/a&gt;,  that yield vowel sounds. Our natural overtone pattern, and the  resonance shaping we make with our glottis, mouth shape, and nasal  cavity come together to form our unique sound. When we sing higher or  lower notes, some characteristics change, but our Formants (our harmonic  signature) actually stays the same. After all, just because one note is  lower than the other doesn’t mean our mouth or nose changes dimension  in order to produce the lower note.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Pitch Correction accounts for this harmonic signature, these  formants, and rearranges our sound to the desired pitch while preserving  the harmonic shape.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;How It Works&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;This part is pretty complicated, and the most technical bits are  still outside of my understanding. However, I’ll lay down the basic  info. Pitch Correction uses a variant of phase based vocoding. So, when  people call Pitch Correction software “the vocoder” – they aren’t  totally incorrect. Pitch Correction is essentially a very specific  vocoder.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Phase Vocoding sounds complicated. It is and it isn’t. At the most  basic level a vocoder isn’t terribly complex. It literally “codes  voice.” Our voice has different amplitude shapes at different  frequencies as we pronounce words (particularly with vowel sounds). The  vocoder reads the incoming volume levels at different frequency bands  and figures out the shapes. These shapes control a set of frequency  filters in the vocoder which are then applied to a different signal.  While we most commonly think of this as being done by a compuer, it can  actually be accomplished in the analog world relatively simply. But, the  more frequency bands and filters used, the more accurate the vocoding  will be – and computers allow for extremely high numbers of bands and  filters to work simultaneously.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Here’s the complicated part. In traditional vocoding, the voice may  act as the modifying control for a simple wave shape or sound. &lt;span style=&quot;text-decoration: underline;&quot;&gt;In Pitch Correction, the voice essentially acts as the controller for a Pitch Shifted version of itself.&lt;/span&gt;  Not only that, but the pitch shifted version is kept at the same or a  similar time boundary as the original. This is done through mathematical  algorithms that involve Fourier transformation and re-synthesis to get  down to the basic structure of the sound, and re-create it at a  different pitch without changing the rhythm – or making “intelligent”  time changes that keep it as close as possible with minimal artifacts.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;text-decoration: underline;&quot;&gt;The bottom line: Pitch  Correction changes the pitch, but keeps the harmonic signature of the  original (or as close to it as possible).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Inside the Tuner&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There are several tuning programs on the market, the three most common being &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.antarestech.com/products/auto-tune-7.shtml&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Antares Auto-Tune 7&quot;&gt;Antares Auto-Tune&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.waves.com/Content.aspx?id=182&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Waves Tune&quot;&gt;Waves Tune&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.celemony.com/cms/index.php?id=products&amp;amp;L=1.%25253FL%25253D1.%25253FL%25253D1.%25253FL%25253D1.%25253FL%25253D1.%25253FL%25253D1.%25253FL%25253D1.%25253FL%25253D1.%2Frobots.txt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Celemony Melodyne &quot;&gt;Celemony Melodyne&lt;/a&gt;.  All three have a unique sound to them that can be most noted when the  functions are set to do the maximum amount of tuning within the smallest  increments of time – meaning the tuned sound stays unnaturally locked  on pitch. Even though they are all doing essentially the same thing, the  make-up of the formant encoder, the quality of the filters, the  intelligence of the pitch shifter (choosing how to best change pitch  with minimal effects to time), and the accuracy of the programs  parameters, all amount to somewhat different sounds.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Auto-Tune&lt;/strong&gt; – To be fair, my experience with Auto-Tune  is more limited than my experience with Waves Tune or Melodyne. My  impression has been that it is generally the most heavy handed of the  three programs. Even when set lightly, it still seems to impart a  coloring onto the sound. That being said, it can be a nice color –  almost like an exciter. It’s also very easy to use. Automatic mode works  very well the moment it’s turned on, and graphical mode is fairly  intuitive when you want more control.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Waves Tune&lt;/strong&gt; – Waves Tune is to my ear, the most  easily transparent. It’s designed with transparency in mind. This is  probably not the software to use if you want some kind of excited  effect, though it can still be done. There is a mild dulling of the  sound at times, in fact. It’s also less CPU intensive. If I were to take  a blind guess, I would say there’s simply wider frequency bands being  used in the encoding and re-synthesizing process. The controls are  extremely intuitive, and allow for very detailed access to the sound  with little fuss.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Melodyne&lt;/strong&gt; – Melodyne is generally my choice of the three. It can be very transparent &lt;em&gt;or&lt;/em&gt;  very non-transparent, and the ways it can do it are more varied. That  being said, it’s not the most intuitive – it takes a while to really  master all of it’s uses. It’s probably not the best choice for a quick  nip &amp;amp; tuck on a small moment – but for a sound where serious work is  involved, you have more options, control, and great sound quality. What  I especially like in Melodyne is that it allows for independent formant  pitching, in addition to pitching the root tone itself.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Tools &amp;amp; Terms&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Skillful use of Pitch Correction requires a bit more expertise than  just figuring out the key and running the process. There are in fact  some fine controls that can be used for subtlety, to add some slight  distortion or excitement, or totally turn the sound into a robo-synth  version of itself (and a number of ways to do the latter). Now, in each  program these things are controlled and labeled differently, so I’m  going to make up some of my own words here – &lt;span style=&quot;text-decoration: underline;&quot;&gt;this isn’t technical terminology, but I think it will help explain the process.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tightness&lt;/strong&gt; – There is generally a control that allows  you to determine how much you want the sound source to stay locked on  pitch. In Auto-Tune this is controlled by “Re-tune Speed”. In Waves Tune  this is again controlled by a “Speed” control, but is also heavily  influenced by the “Note Transition” function. In Melodyne there is  “Pitch Modulation” which controls vibrato shaped pitch variance, and  “Pitch Drift” which controls non-periodic pitch variance. &lt;span style=&quot;text-decoration: underline;&quot;&gt;Vibrato functions around the idea of the center pitch, whereas drift does not contain a pitch around which it modulates.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Transitions&lt;/strong&gt; – In addition to how closely the sound  source sticks to a given pitch, there’s also the action of transition  from one note to another. As unrealistic as it is for something to not  modulate around a pitch center – it’s just as unrealistic to have no  slide between notes on fretless instruments and especially a voice (at  least on a legato line). As long as the phrase is continuous there will  be some degree of glissando between the notes. In Waves Tune you have a  “Note Transition” function which allows for more natural or more  forceful transitions – measured in milliseconds. In Auto-Tune, source  sound is broken into notes and curves. The “curves” are the transitional  points, and can be manually stretched and bent. In Melodyne, note  transitions are controlled by an angle setting that kicks in when using  the pitch altering handle and placing the cursor at the edge of a note  segment.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Formant Control – &lt;/strong&gt;A key element to all three is the  ability to correct for formant displacement that would occur with  regular pitch shifting. All three programs use different algorithms that  can be modified by the pitch range of the sound source. While Waves  Tune simply offers an on/off control and voicing range (bass, tenor,  alto, soprano), Auto-Tune and Melodyne both offer some more interesting  options. Auto-Tune comes with a “Throat” control which allows you to  change the width of harmonic resonance that would occur from having a  smaller or larger throat size. This algorithm is used in other Antares  software, and can create the illusion of a persons head being larger or  smaller! Melodyne has a more practical and interesting control – an  independent harmonic shifter for the formants themselves. One of my  favorite uses of Melodyne is not actually pitch correction, but lifting  the formants as a way of exciting a vocal. This is good for people who’s  voice could use a little excitement, or for a thinner voice to sound a  bit breathier by shifting the formants down. Mind you, &lt;span style=&quot;text-decoration: underline;&quot;&gt;formant  shifting does not actually change the pitch – it changes the placement  of the harmonic bands where signature formants are occurring.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Draw Function -&lt;/strong&gt; One of the cool things about  Auto-Tune and Waves Tune is that you can actually draw the pitches you  want to produce. This allows for pitch automation in a way that is  otherwise unprecedented. The one drawback of Melodyne is that the  company has rejected the implementation of this very useful feature –  though separating notes and using more conventional pitch altering tools  can certainly get you far (just not as quickly).&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Unique Features – &lt;/strong&gt;Different programs have embraced  unique feature sets in anticipation of end user requirements. Melodyne  can act as a rudimentary DAW, allows for advanced rhythmic correction  and amplitude shifting – in case you want to rework a sound source in  any way. Auto-Tune has a Vibrato creator that can allow you to put in  pitch variance that didn’t previously exist, as well as a ‘Humanize’  function that varies the re-tune action based on the duration of the  note being effected. In addition Auto-Tune can transpose as a  traditional pitch shifter (no formant correction), while acting as a  pitch corrector (with formant correction) in the same pass. Waves Tune,  well, Waves Tune is just really fast and easy to use (and also allows  for creating artificial vibrato). For the really ambitious user, notes  can also be triggered by MIDI.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Techniques&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There’s a number of techniques one can use as a mixer, producer, or  editor when it comes to pitch correction. I’ll share a few of the things  I’ve done and hopefully you will comment below and share some of the  things you’ve done.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;First, there’s really two applications of pitch correction.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;ol style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt;As a subtle way to lock in an off-pitch in a performanc&lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;As a special effect to make someone or something sound like a robot from Cydonia.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;To be subtle, it helps to understand that &lt;span style=&quot;text-decoration: underline;&quot;&gt;pitch is the perception of frequency.&lt;/span&gt;  Meaning, to be on pitch, one does not have to actually be exactly on  the frequency – the sound just needs to center around that frequency.  You really don’t need to be heavy handed with the tightness (speed). A  little nudge will at least lock the sound in enough to perhaps be  “pitchy” for a moment, but not “off pitch.” For a natural performance,  pitchy is not the end of the world. Also, don’t rely on the pitch  corrector as your only tool in the arsenal. If there’s a really out  moment, you might be able to clip a snippet of a similar note or phrase  from elsewhere in the song and paste it in, or cut out the off moment  and time stretch the moment before it to reconnect the sound. &lt;span style=&quot;text-decoration: underline;&quot;&gt;It’s better to use a variety of approaches in subtle ways then to rely heavily on just one technique.&lt;/span&gt;  Also, listen closely to how legato phrased notes slide together – they  shouldn’t sound like distinct glisses, but also shouldn’t sound like  sudden jumps either – unless it was done purposefully or is a distinct  part of the performer’s style.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;For a natural performance, really assess the player’s/vocalist’s  vibrato. String players and vocalists who are classically trained but  still developing as musicians tend to be a little less controlled when  it comes to vibrato – or they go the other way and get too stiff. &lt;span style=&quot;text-decoration: underline;&quot;&gt;A long sustained note generally falls into a vibrato as the muscles of the throat and diaphragm tire.&lt;/span&gt;  If the vibrato is swinging more than a quarter tone in either  direction, I would tuck it in a bit. If you have a performer or singer  who is just super controlled and doesn’t waiver a drop – give it just a  hint of quiver and see if that opens up the moment a bit.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Now, for the fun stuff. Here’s a few fun ways to mangle up a vocal  and turn it into something weird – while straying from being totally  cliche.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Fun Stuff!&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Let’s say you want that “tuned” effect on a vocal, but you still want  the vocalist to sound like a human being. The trick here is to have  natural note transitions, but unnatural pitch tightness. Use graphic  mode to make sure your vocalists voice moves like a human being’s, but  sustains robo style.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Or, do the opposite – hard tune the transitions, but keep the actual  sustain of the voice loose. This will add just a glimmer of synthy  harmonic distortion – just something slightly surreal.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Here’s a fun one I learned from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sterling-sound.com/epk.php?e=athens&amp;amp;c=en&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Chris Athens Mastering Engineer | Sterling Sound&quot;&gt;Chris Athens&lt;/a&gt;.  Copy a track and take the cadences at the end of each phrase. Tune  those cadences up to a different note that is still relevant to the  chord the vocalist is on. Now your vocalist is harmonizing with  her/himself. Tuck that harmony vocal way down, or &lt;span style=&quot;text-decoration: underline;&quot;&gt;mute  it’s output but send the signal off to the main vocal’s reverb/delay.  This will reinforce the implied harmonies and add a little excitement.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;One thing I like to do with strings when working with a dance or  modern hip-hop track is to hard tune them, sometimes twice, even using  different tuning programs. Strings have a natural waver that occurs from  the push of the bow changing the tension on the string. It happens  really subtly and really fast, so it’s not really heard, it’s just part  of the sound. But with pitch correctors you can take that waver out.  You’ve made the natural string now sound like the best synth string  patch ever heard. This can also be effective with horn instruments.  Antares Auto-Tune has a specific “instrument” mode that you can  experiment with, and I’ve heard great results from even tuning a  fretless bass on an electronic style dance track to get that “perfect”  pitch.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;One last fun one I recommend playing with: Copy the track you are  working with. Hard tune one track to the pitch, but go a couple cents  sharp (just one or two). On the copy, hard tune to a couple of cents  flat. Set at equal volumes and pan slightly apart. Suddenly your sound  is very wide. It’s a unique chorus-type effect. The more they overlap,  the more of the “swishies” you will get from the two versions going in  and out of phase with each other – which can be cool. The more they are  apart the exponentially wider the vocal will stretch, because those  quick phase conflicts will trick the ear when they come from different  directions.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Conclusion&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Since pitch correction became popular, there has been a divergent  rise in the appreciation, as well as distaste, for tuning. Pitch  correction, like any other tool, is all about what you do with it. So  please share some of your thoughts and techniques in the comments  section below, and keep checking in for more great articles.&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://theproaudiofiles.com/vocal-tuning-pitch-correction/&quot;&gt;http://theproaudiofiles.com/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/4048090044995776745/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/vocal-tuning-pitch-correction-101.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/4048090044995776745'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/4048090044995776745'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/vocal-tuning-pitch-correction-101.html' title='Vocal Tuning &amp; Pitch Correction 101'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-7009527839546878358</id><published>2011-04-07T06:34:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-07T06:49:55.698-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Mixing 101</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;There         they are...8/16/24/48/96 tracks that you’ve         painstakingly recorded, overdubbed, erased, and recorded         some more.... so now what? You can’t play with your         mixer’s knobs every time you want to hear your         masterpiece! You need to blend all those tracks to         (usually) a 2-channel, stereo mix. In other words,         mixdown your tracks. &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;img align=&quot;right&quot; height=&quot;197&quot; hspace=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.bluebearsound.com/images/coolCons.jpg&quot; width=&quot;261&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Great --- so         what does THAT mean? Well... first - you need something         to mixdown onto - a computer, a stand-alone hard disk         recorder (such as the ubiquitous Alesis Masterlink), a         2-channel reel-to-reel, a HiFi VHS machine, a MiniDisc         recorder, or even a cassette deck -- all are usable         options (some more usable than others!) The pros and cons         of each format are beyond the scope of this article, but         suffice it to say, use the highest quality recorder your         budget will allow.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;I&#39;m also         going to have to presume you already have a decent         monitoring chain in place. You can&#39;t make good sonic         decisions if you can&#39;t properly hear what your tracks         sound like! And it IS true - headphones are not         considered a &quot;decent monitoring chain.&quot; While         they are useful for double-checking your mix, and         proofing it for noise or artifacts that don&#39;t show up on         the monitors - they are horribly ineffective as a &lt;i&gt;primary&lt;/i&gt;         mixing tool.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;You also         want to pay attention to the volume of your monitors as         you mix. There are many different preference engineers         take to levels, but it is commonly accepted that 85dB SPL         is where human hearing frequency response is most flat,         and this is typically where many engineers leave their         levels at... it is good practice though, to vary         listening levels while mixing to get a feel for the mix         balance at different volumes. Mixing too loud almost         always results in unbalanced mixes, mixing at softer         levels usually produce more balanced results.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Next? &lt;br /&gt;
Mental preparation......... rest your ears, rest         yourself... it’s virtually impossible to mix right         after a tracking session, or after going to a concert....         you need your ears to be in top form for analyzing and         objective &amp;amp; critical listening... what works for me         is starting fresh in the morning, when my ears are most         rested.... &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;OK -         I’m rested, my ears are rested -- let’s do this         thing...........&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Well....         throw up the faders and see what you have to work         with.... yes, ALL of them.... what you want to listen for         are the tracks that &lt;i&gt;are&lt;/i&gt; working, and the tracks         that aren’t. Yeah, the guitars are fighting during         the choruses, the background vocals aren’t working         midway through the verses, the lead solo starts too         early.... and of course, you’re taking notes for         yourself as you do this... &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;The plan         here is to take out the stuff that’s not working         together, and leave in the stuff that IS working....         there are a couple of ways to do this: 1) use EQ to         tailor the portion of sonic spectrum a track will fit in,         and 2) mute the track at the problem spots.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Let’s         talk about muting....that’s right, you pull the         track right out of there! If it doesn’t help the         song it doesn’t belong - period. Mixdown is the time         to be blatantly critical of every track that’s been         put down... you don’t reduce the volume, you         don’t bury it behind something else - this simply         results in messy mixes -- it either works, or it         doesn’t......... you will accomplish muting either         by automation (via software or mixer hardware), or the         old-fashioned         follow-the-timelog-with-your-hands-on-the-mute-button         technique. You don’t have to mute the track         completely either - you can add interest by pulling it in         and out of the mix at key spots (obviously not at the         places where it’s causing mix difficulties!)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&quot;But I &lt;i&gt;like&lt;/i&gt;         the track that doesn’t work!&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s be honest... sometimes the track works, but is         simply frequency-fighting with another track.... in this         case, you probably don’t want to mute the track, but         you need to shape it so that it doesn’t interfere         with another track’s piece of the sonic pie.         So....... what you reach for are the EQ knobs....&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;First, some         EQ background.... it’s not cut-and-dry -- there are         various ways to use EQ, and EQ decisions you may have         made during tracking will affect the mix process. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;The addition         of EQ into the signal chain always results in         &quot;some&quot; compromise of the waveform by         introducing phase-shifts (time-based artifacts that can         results in comb-filtering of the waveform) - especially         when boosting frequencies. Cutting frequencies can result         in less of these artifacts, so it is generally advisable         to apply EQ by cutting frequencies you don&#39;t want, rather         than boosting the ones you want to enhance - a practice         known as subtractive EQ. The quality of the EQ itself         also dictates the artifacts - cheap EQ gear means more         artifacts, mastering-grade EQ means significantly less         (for comparison, a Weiss EQ-1 used by mastering houses         runs about $5500 US)...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;So, using EQ         to shape sound is a bit of a compromise - yes, it changes         the signal, but it introduces &quot;some&quot; small         signal degradation.... the obvious solution is &lt;b&gt;don&#39;t         use it&lt;/b&gt;--- er, at least, not until absolutely         necessary. &quot;But wait...&quot;, you say, &quot;I &lt;i&gt;need&lt;/i&gt;         it, my guitar/bass/drums don&#39;t have &lt;i&gt;that&lt;/i&gt;         sound...&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Well ok...         for line-level instruments such as synths, you certainly         can use EQ to shape the sound.... but for mic&#39;d sources,         it&#39;s much better to use mic selection and mic placement         to get the sound you&#39;re after, rather than reaching for         the EQ knobs.... for example, don&#39;t brighten an amp by         boosting your hi-shelf EQ - change amp settings, change         guitar pickups, change amps, move that mic closer to the         center of the cone... if you&#39;re not getting the sound you         want, maybe you&#39;re using the wrong instrument/amp         combination!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Another         point to keep in mind - try to get your tracks sounding         the way you want &lt;i&gt;during&lt;/i&gt; tracking - if the tracks         &quot;to tape&quot; are sounding the way you want them,         then selecting sounds during overdubs become much easier.         And even better, during the mixing phase, you&#39;ll find         your tracks will blend better (since you&#39;ve already         blended them correctly in the tracking process!) Best         guideline to follow: never &quot;fix it in the mix&quot;         - fix it &lt;b&gt;now&lt;/b&gt; - move a mic, change the         mic, change the source, move the source, switch rooms. If         none of these work, &lt;i&gt;then&lt;/i&gt; reach for EQ!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;During         mixing - if you&#39;ve done your tracking homework, there         should be less work needed in getting the tracks to fit,         since you&#39;ve taken so much care during the tracking         process. But very likely, there are still some tweaks         you&#39;d want to make.... I strongly suggest you adopt the         subtractive EQ approach - cut instead of boost. If there         are too few highs, remove some mids or bass to shape it.         This does two things - minimizes phase-related artifacts,         and more importantly, reduces unnecessary signal level         that will eat into your mixer&#39;s headroom (since cutting         will reduce the amount of frequency &quot;space&quot; a         waveform will take up.)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Well -         that’s the basic EQ theory... so now we’re         going to shape the tracks of our mix with EQ. To do this         you do have to have some concept of the audio picture         you’re about to paint, within two frames of         reference 1) the various frequencies of the tracks, and         where they sit; and 2) the placement of the tracks in the         soundstage in front of you (between the left and right         speakers).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;The charts         below will give you some indication of the frequency         ranges for various sound sources that will help guide         your use of EQ.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;1/3         Octave Frequency Charts **&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Audio         Octave Ranges &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; width: 574px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#C0C0C0&quot; width=&quot;110&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;Frequency                 &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;Range&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; bgcolor=&quot;#C0C0C0&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;When Used Produces This Effect&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; bgcolor=&quot;#C0C0C0&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;When Used Too Much &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;Produces This Effect&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;16Hz                 to 60 Hz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;Sense                 of power, felt more than heard&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;makes                 music muddy&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;60Hz to 250Hz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;Fundamentals of rhythm                 section, EQing can change musical balance making                 it fat or thin&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;makes music boomy&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;250Hz                 to 2KHz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;Low                 order harmonics of most musical instruments&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;telephone                 quality to music 500 to 1KHz horn-like, 1K to                 2KHz tinny, listening fatigue&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;2KHz to 4KHz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;Speech Recognition&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;3KHz listening fatigue,                 lisping quality, &quot;m:, &quot;v&quot;,                 &quot;b&quot; indistinguishable&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;4KHz                 to 6KHz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;Clarity                 and definition of voices and instruments, makes                 music seem closer to listener, adding 6db at 5KHz                 makes entire mix seem 3db louder&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;sibilance                 on vocals&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;6KHz to 16KHz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;Brilliance and clarity of                 sounds&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;audio&quot;&gt;sibilance, harshness on                 vocals&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;      &lt;b&gt;Key Frequencies For Instruments &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; width: 574px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; bgcolor=&quot;#C0C0C0&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Instrument&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; bgcolor=&quot;#C0C0C0&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Key Frequencies&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Bass                 Guitar&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Attack                 or pluck is increased at 700 or 1KHz; Bottom                 added at 60 or 80Hz; string noise at 2.5KHz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Bass Drum&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Slap at 2.5KHz; Bottom at 60 or                 80Hz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Snare                 Drum&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Fatness                 at 240Hz; Crispness at 1 to 2.5KHz; Bottom at 60                 or 80 Hz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Hi-Hat and Cymbals&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Shimmer at 7.5 to 10KHz; Klang or                 gong sound at about 200Hz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Toms&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;attack                 at 5KHz; Fullness at 240Hz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Floor Toms&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;attack at 5KHz; Fullness at 80 or                 240Hz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Electric                 Guitar&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Body at                 240Hz; Clarity at 2.5KHz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Acoustic Guitar&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Body at 240Hz; Clarity at 2.5KHz;                 Bottom at 80 or 120Hz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Piano&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Bass at                 80 or 120Hz; Presence at 2.5 to 5 KHz; Crispness                 at 10KHz; Honky-tonk sound at 2.5KHz as bandwidth                 is narrowed; Resonance at 40 to 60Hz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Horns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Fullness at 120 or 240Hz; Shrill                 at 2.5 or 5KHz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Voice&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Fullness                 at 120Hz; Boominess at 200 to 240Hz; Presence at                 5KHz; Sibilance at 2.5KHz; Air at 12 to 15 KHz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Harmonica&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Fat at 240Hz, bite at 3 to 5KHz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;             &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Conga&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;                 &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#FFFFF4&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=3701021312478956802&amp;amp;postID=7009527839546878358&quot; name=&quot;key&quot;&gt;Resonant                 ring at 200 to 240Hz; Presence and slap at 5KHz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;These charts, however, don&#39;t tell you the whole story....         the two frames of references I mentioned earlier are         related in terms of their effect on the sonic soundscape         of a mix.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Think of a         mix as a 3-dimensional space in front of you... you have         control over the left/right, the high/low, and the         front/back of the sound stage. The tools that let you         manipulate this area are Panning (for left/right         positioning), EQ (for high/low positioning), and Fader         Level (for front/back positioning). &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Homing in on         EQ for the moment, keep in mind that as you shape your         tracks, higher-frequency tracks will appear to come from         higher up in the monitors than lower-frequency material.         This can be useful in positioning guitar tracks - if a         guitar track is fighting with something else in the mix,         you can &quot;move it away&quot; from the offending track         by removing some bass content in conjunction with         panning.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;As for         Panning - it alone can also be used to separate mix         elements into distinct positions in the mix. For example,         panning a keyboard rhythm part off to one side while         panning a complimentary rhythm guitar part to the other         will result in a pleasant, wide and full rhythm section         whose elements don&#39;t interfere with each other. When         using panning, it is often helpful to envision a music         stage in front of you, and place the tracks within that         space as you would normally hear at a concert. You may         not keep the tracks in this position as you build-up and         further define your mix, but it does make a useful         starting point.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;And finally,         Level -- faders allow you to control the level (and thus         how close or how far away the source is) of the track in         the mix. No tricks here except that you really shouldn&#39;t         use level to hide a track -- if the track doesn&#39;t work,         simply mute it..... you want a track to be more &quot;in         your face&quot; move it closer to you, you want it to         sound as if it&#39;s further away (like towards the back of         the stage!), lower the level.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;An extremely         important point to remember is to maintain your relative         levels so that you don&#39;t eat away at your mixer&#39;s         headroom -- if you&#39;ve set all the levels of the tracks         and find you have to push your solo track level very high         for it to cut through, then you&#39;ve got all your other         track&#39;s faders set far too high. Unless you&#39;ve got         6-digit consoles that are more forgiving of         &quot;level-pushing&quot;, most mixers will start         sounding pretty harsh if pushed too hard.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt;But wait a minute! What about reverbs,         delays, and all those cool other effects -- you didn&#39;t         mention a thing???&lt;/i&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Well yes... effects play an important role in mixing -         much like spices do in fine cuisine. It&#39;s all in the way         you use them... and the topic merits its own full-blown         article (maybe in the future), but for the moment, here&#39;s         a brief overview.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt;   &lt;img align=&quot;left&quot; height=&quot;200&quot; hspace=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.bluebearsound.com/images/consChar.jpg&quot; width=&quot;264&quot; /&gt;&lt;/i&gt;My own         approach is that unless a particular effect is an         integral part of a track&#39;s sound (such as a chorus, or         wah on a guitar part), I leave all effects until the mix         stage. The tracks really should stand on their own merit &lt;i&gt;without         &lt;/i&gt;any effects added-in, &lt;i&gt;then&lt;/i&gt; you make the mix         bigger, fatter, wider, with careful and judicious use of         things like reverb, delay, choruses, etc.... little         touches such as timing delay and chorus settings to the         tempo of a track really do a lot to make the tracks         shine. Overuse of effects results in muddy,         poorly-defined mixes, so much like EQ - less is usually         more. As well, pay particular attention to reverb used         for vocals... for most listeners, vocals are the         component of the song that reach the people first, and         poor effects, or bad EQ is immediately noticeable -- it&#39;s         not uncommon spending hours on reverb selection for the         lead vocal track!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;One effect         that is very misunderstood (and often poorly used) is         compression -- this effect can be an important part of a         polished sound both during the tracking AND mixing stages         of the production process, again, if used properly. A         colleague of mine wrote an excellent article (with         examples) on the use of compression... check out Moshe         Wohl&#39;s &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.recordingproject.com/articles/article.php?article=6&quot;&gt;Description of         Compressing/Limiting&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt; for some great notes on the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;So we&#39;ve         tamed our tracks with EQ, balanced fader levels, set up         some nice ambient effects, you&#39;ve made your         muting/adjustment notes and everything is sounding         great... this is the &quot;work&quot; part of the mix --         the previous tweaking was the &quot;fun&quot; stuff, now         - depending on how many mutes, volume, pan and EQ         adjustments you have to make (if you have mix automation,         it&#39;s a no-brainer!), you&#39;ll want to rehearse your mix a         few times before hitting &lt;b&gt;Record&lt;/b&gt; on the         mixdown unit.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;In this         process you treat the mixing console like an instrument -         following your notes as you go along. At 01:10:25 drop         level to -5db on track 3, 01:40:30 mute track 6, you get         the idea... The point is to become familiar enough with         the mix moves you have to make so that you&#39;re not looking         at your notes so much that you miss something. For         complex mixes, get your bandmates/family/girlfriend to         help you with an extra pair of hands! Once you&#39;ve got the         mix moves down smoothly, fire up the mixdown recorder! &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;A quick note         on mix levels -- it&#39;s a very good idea to keep your         levels strong and balanced throughout the mixing process.         Having to turn up the recording level on the mixdown unit         because you&#39;ve got the levels too low on your mixer         usually results in unnecessary noise and possibly         distortion if the levels are extremely diverse. Remember         that all gear has an optimal signal level range and your         best results are obtained by staying within it. Know your         gear and what&#39;s it&#39;s capable of handling in terms of         low-level noise and high-level distortion. In addition,         use the meters as a guide, but always let your ears make         the final decision -- you hear with your ears, not your         eyes!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;So..........         once you&#39;ve got that mix take down and you like the way         it sounds, you&#39;re done, right??? &lt;/b&gt;Wrong...... you&#39;ve only just started! You can,         of course, stop there - but you very likely won&#39;t be         pleased with the result.... you&#39;ve spent all that time         and energy getting balances and levels right, only to         find that when you play it in the kitchen boombox, it         sounds very different. The fact is - you do have to learn         how to translate your mixes from your monitoring system         to other systems, and as well, learn what works for a mix         everywhere, and what doesn&#39;t.... and there&#39;s no way to         describe it - you have to learn by experience. What this         means is you will follow this approach of performing a         mix, checking the sound on various sound systems, coming         back and readjusting/rebalancing some mix elements,         performing another mix, etc... for a few iterations until         you&#39;ve honed it to a point where the mix sounds         reasonably good on most systems. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Take heart         though - as you learn mix translation with your system,         it does become easier - and with enough practice, you&#39;ll         develop a feeling for what works and what doesn&#39;t. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;The         art of mixing is very broad...&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are various mixing guidelines for all the many         styles of music (you don&#39;t mix a big band song the way         you would a pop song); and within each mix style there         are commonly accepted practices. What I&#39;ve tried to         describe in this article was to provide an overview of         some basic mixing practices that are common to all mixing         styles, as well as some functional tips regarding one of         the most abused mixing practices - EQ. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;The best way         to approach mixing is to read as much as you can about         common approaches, while at the same time, practicing the         techniques you&#39;ve read about and adapting them to suit         your own needs.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Some         recommended reading related to the art of mixing are:         &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;i&gt;Modern Recording Techniques&lt;/i&gt; - Huber &amp;amp; Runstein&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href=&quot;http://musicbooksplus.com/product_info.php?ref=465&amp;amp;products_id=12408&amp;amp;affiliate_banner_id=1&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;i&gt;Mastering Audio - The Art and the Science&lt;/i&gt; - Bob Katz&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href=&quot;http://musicbooksplus.com/product_info.php?ref=465&amp;amp;products_id=9278&amp;amp;affiliate_banner_id=1&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;i&gt;Behind The Glass&lt;/i&gt; - Howard Massey&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Behind The Glass Vol. 2&lt;/i&gt; - Howard Massey&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href=&quot;http://musicbooksplus.com/product_info.php?ref=465&amp;amp;products_id=11981&amp;amp;affiliate_banner_id=1&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;i&gt;The Mixing Engineer&#39;s Handbook&lt;/i&gt; - Bobby Owsinski&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href=&quot;http://musicbooksplus.com/product_info.php?ref=465&amp;amp;products_id=7161&amp;amp;affiliate_banner_id=1&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;i&gt;The Recording Engineer&#39;s Handbook&lt;/i&gt; - Bobby Owsinski&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href=&quot;http://musicbooksplus.com/product_info.php?ref=465&amp;amp;products_id=5568&amp;amp;affiliate_banner_id=1&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;i&gt;The Art of Digital Audio&lt;/i&gt; - John Watkinson&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bluebearsound.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.bluebearsound.com/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/7009527839546878358/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/mixing-101.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/7009527839546878358'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/7009527839546878358'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/mixing-101.html' title='Mixing 101'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3701021312478956802.post-4528184575773280528</id><published>2011-04-07T06:28:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-04-08T05:02:05.208-07:00</updated><title type='text'>The Perfect Mix</title><content type='html'>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-large;&quot;&gt;T&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-large;&quot;&gt;here &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;are many ways&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-large;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;to get&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;your  songs to final form.&amp;nbsp; What matters is not how you get there, but that you &lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;do&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt; get there.&amp;nbsp; Lets pretend you are enrolled in one of the world&#39;s  fine universities and you are writing a Master&#39;s Thesis.&amp;nbsp; This is not just  &quot;any&quot; piece of drudge paperwork, but the culmination of you education.&amp;nbsp; You  know you have to write in excellent form, have to watch out for tiny grammatical  imperfections, and make sure substance and style flows well.&amp;nbsp; In short, you  have to rewrite and edit, a lot.&amp;nbsp; It may take several experiments to get this  just right.&amp;nbsp; You might be working for weeks, not going out to the clubs with  your buds, even sending hopeful significant others away.&amp;nbsp; Why?&amp;nbsp; The darn  paper is &lt;i&gt;important&lt;/i&gt;--you &lt;i&gt;have to &lt;/i&gt;do well!&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Apply that &lt;b&gt;same attitude&lt;/b&gt; to your mix and  you will have a great mix.&amp;nbsp; Tweak&#39;s axiom: The value underlying successful  production is the same in all fields--art, architecture, music, quantum mechanics,  even political science and business.&amp;nbsp; Beauty has a &lt;i&gt;tone&lt;/i&gt;.&amp;nbsp; Its not  a tone you hear with your ears or see with your eyes but that you realize on &lt;b&gt; reflection&lt;/b&gt;.&amp;nbsp; (That is, when you stand back and ask &quot;what is this?&quot;).&amp;nbsp;  When you sense the passion of the creator coming at you from the work of art they  made for you, you begin to sense the piece at hand is &lt;b&gt;great.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Lets assume, for this article, final form means  a beautifully polished piece of music in 16 bit 44.1 khz digital audio (i.e., the  &quot;red book&quot; cd audio standard) or a standard .wav or .aif file, perhaps at a higher  resolution for later mastering.&amp;nbsp; You need to start, of course, with a fully  or almost finished song.&amp;nbsp; This is the point where the writing ends and the  TweakMeistering begins.&amp;nbsp; I&#39;m going to give you some hard earned tips on Mixing  and Mastering in the old &lt;i&gt;analog style. &lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Mixdown and Mastering, traditionally speaking,  are two very separate processes.&amp;nbsp; Mixdown is the art of leveling,&amp;nbsp; equalizing  and effecting all the various sources from many tracks down to a stereo Mix.&amp;nbsp;  Mastering is the process of taking the stereo mix and putting it in the final album-ready  form.&amp;nbsp; Recent software and hardware developments make these processes easier  and less expensive than they ever have been in the history of making music.&amp;nbsp;  Given that much of the time we can stay in the digital domain we can add processing  to our heart&#39;s content and maintain a high signal to noise ratio and achieve optimum  dynamics for the piece at hand. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;The Mix Process&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Every mix is different.&amp;nbsp; In reality, there  are no formulas.&amp;nbsp; None!&amp;nbsp; But there are hundreds of &quot;practices&quot; a professional  mixologist will do without even thinking about them.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; But I know where  you are at and what you need.&amp;nbsp; You need a map to get you started, and a flow  of working.&amp;nbsp; That is what this article is about.&amp;nbsp; Please consider these  parameters not as rules but a starting point for you mixes for the standard  pop song or ballad &lt;i&gt;using an analog mixer.&amp;nbsp; &lt;/i&gt;(We will cover mixing  in the sequencer in the next class) Of course the instruments change if you are  doing techno or symphonies, or ambient stuff, but the reference may still be helpful.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Step one is always to &lt;b&gt;calibrate the mixer  however you can.&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp; You could use a test tone of 0dbVU (that&#39;s LOUD,  so turn down the monitors). First, set each &lt;b&gt;fader&lt;/b&gt; at the 0db marking on the  board.&amp;nbsp; When you apply the test tone, turn up the trim until the meter on each  channel pegs at 0db.&amp;nbsp; If you don&#39;t have a tone to use take the loudest sound  that the channel does during the mix, &lt;b&gt;Set the trims&lt;/b&gt; so that when this peak  occurs, the meter pegs at 0db.&amp;nbsp; Do this for every channel in the mixer. This  gives you a reference.&amp;nbsp; A zero dbVU signal (or your loudest signal on the track)  should meter at zero db when the fader is at zero db.&amp;nbsp; When you move your fader  to -10 db, the meter should peg at -10db.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Now you know what those numbers  are for that are silk screened on your mixer!&amp;nbsp; Do It! &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Note: If you don&#39;t  have meters on every channel then you have to use the main meters on the mixer for  this.&amp;nbsp; If you don&#39;t have a &quot;solo-in-place&quot; function on your mixer, you will  have to mute every channel except the one you are calibrating.&amp;nbsp; Yes, it takes  time to do this, but it is well worth it.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Match the following instruments when soloed in  place to the db markers on your mixing desk or your mixdown deck or software.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Kick drum&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 0db&amp;nbsp;  Eq to taste.&amp;nbsp; No FX except maybe subtle ambience&amp;nbsp; You will tweak the kick  again, this is just to get you going. In an instrumental piece, the kick is the  first and last tweaked.&amp;nbsp; It&#39;s got to be just right.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Tip: If using a live  drummer, you need to stop the kick drum from resonating too much.&amp;nbsp; A pillow  inside the drum may help.&amp;nbsp; If you have an excessively ringing kick drum, you  can add a gate as an insert to damp it.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Snare &lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; -2 db&amp;nbsp; eq  to taste in the frequencies above 4khz.&amp;nbsp; Add reverb if the song calls for it.  Do the best you can to keep it out of the way of the vocal, even if you have to  pan it a few degrees.&amp;nbsp; Near the end of the mix you need to come back here to  perfect it.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Lead Vocal &lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp;0db&amp;nbsp; use a low cut  filter to eliminate rumble and plosive pops around 100-200 hz.&amp;nbsp; Carefully enhance  the delicate high end around 15khz to add air and sheen and don&#39;t overdo it!&amp;nbsp;  This is the trickiest adjustment and may often spell hit or dud. Perfectly center  the vocal and, &lt;i&gt;if this is a stereo track&lt;/i&gt;, pan it not with pan controls, but  with very subtle left/right hi freq eq&#39;s.&amp;nbsp; Put on the cans (headphones) and  make sure its in the absolute center of your forehead..&amp;nbsp; Every word must be  intelligible.&amp;nbsp; Add reverb and delays but don&#39;t let it get smeared. Before you  print to tape or DAT or whatever, check the vocal any make those tiny adjustments  that are needed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Cool trick: Split  the main vocal track to two seperate faders.&amp;nbsp; Compress the main vocal and send  the secondary, uncompressed vocal to a reverb unit.&amp;nbsp; This way the reverb stays  out of the way until the vocalist gets loud.&amp;nbsp; Hey that&#39;s they way it works  in real life.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Note: It is often  quite wise to use mono tracks for vocals simply because they they will stay centered  better than stereo tracks, and are impervious to phasing anomalies that may occur  with stereo tracks.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;C&lt;/b&gt;&lt;b&gt;ymbals &lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp; -25 db&amp;nbsp; Avoid  letting these get in the way of the vocals.&amp;nbsp; Pan them to 2 o&#39;clock and remember  their main function is to add the glue to a track to hold the music together--they  do not have to be loud or present. Think about how horrible they will sound on your  girlfriend&#39;s or boyfriend&#39;s car stereo if you let then get too loud. Remember, loud  cymbals can wreck a whole mix.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Tip: Never let the  drummer in the control room, except under extreme sedation, unless you want all  your mixes to sound like Led Zepplin.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;S&lt;/b&gt;&lt;b&gt;ynth pads&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; -20 db&amp;nbsp;  Do these in stereo and hard pan left and right with generous effects if needed.&amp;nbsp;  However, keep them in the back.&amp;nbsp; Pads indeed are beautiful additions to a song  but don&#39;t let them overshadow any of the main elements of the song.&amp;nbsp; Yet for  a sense of dimensionality, let these create a &quot;landscape&quot; the listener can walk  on. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Cool trick--you want  a really BIG Pad? Delay one side of the Left/Right by about 10-12 microseconds.&amp;nbsp;  You&#39;ll be hearing a landscape if you do it right. Don&#39;t let any engineer tell you  these have to be mono.&amp;nbsp; Make him earn his pay by fighting the phase issues.&amp;nbsp;  Wassat? All you do is do a mono check on the mix and make sure the stereo pad didn&#39;t  disappear.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Bass&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp; -10 db maybe hotter Always front  and center.&amp;nbsp; If you use FX restrict yourself to chorusing or a light flange--no  reverb.&amp;nbsp; Note that the quality we associate with &quot;good&quot; music is a tight syncopation  of kick drum and bass.&amp;nbsp; If you hear any duff notes make sure you fix them.&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Cool trick: Bass  does not have to hit exactly on the kick drum.&amp;nbsp; But it a wee bit after so the  listener hears the kick 1st.&amp;nbsp; Do microseconds count?&amp;nbsp; Yep.&amp;nbsp; Ears  are really good at detecting even tiny, tiny delays in what we hear. Are there more  secrets in the micro-timing domain?&amp;nbsp; Yer catchin&#39; on dude--good work!&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Big Bad Tip: Keep  the bass and kick out of the way by giving each a different EQ.&amp;nbsp; If the kick  peaks at 65 HZ make sure the bass peaks somewhere else.&amp;nbsp; You can use a spectrum  analyzer to see where the loudest frequencies are for each.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;R&lt;/b&gt;&lt;b&gt;hythm guitar &lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp;-15 db pan off center&amp;nbsp; eq: use a low cut filter to &lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;get rid of any bass &lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;and add a mid range eq for a slight narrow boost, but make sure it  is not competing with the vocalist&#39;s sweet spot.&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Hot tip: Bass KILLS,  remember that.&amp;nbsp; Get rid of ANY bass frequencies you don&#39;t absolutely have to  have. &quot;B-b--b-ut&quot; you sputter, &quot;my guitar now thounds like thiiit&quot;&amp;nbsp; Want cheese  with your whine? Try it, the mix will sound better.&amp;nbsp; Kill all the upper bass  mud you can on any instrument you can do it on.&amp;nbsp; These muddy frequencies around  250-400HZ build up fast and are a sure sign of an inexperienced mixologist.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin3&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;P&lt;/b&gt;&lt;b&gt;ercussion&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp; -20db- put these  elements off center unless they are essential to to basic beat.&amp;nbsp; EQ in a tasteful  way if necessary.&amp;nbsp; I shoot to get a little skin sound on the hand drums if  possible.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;The Mix itself&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Now, watch the meters when you play the whole mix through the  board.&amp;nbsp; On an analog board you should have peaks at no more than +3db.&amp;nbsp;  If what you have is more notch down every fader in 1 db increments until you get  there.&amp;nbsp; Shoot for 0db for the whole mix.&amp;nbsp; Now because we put the kick  and vocal at 0dbVU, when all the instruments are added the final level might be  quite high, like +7db.&amp;nbsp; So now we notch down every fader 7dbVU.&amp;nbsp; When  you are done with this exercise, you should see your whole mix peaking at 0dbVU.&amp;nbsp;  You still have headroom on your analog mixer.&amp;nbsp; You want to get the signal in  the mixer&#39;s &quot;sweet spot&quot;.&amp;nbsp; Now you can start nudging things a bit higher, a  bit lower.&amp;nbsp; You should have a sense of what the song is asking you to do. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;Mono Check:&amp;nbsp; Always check you mix in Mono and look for sudden  drop outs or instruments that disappear.&amp;nbsp; That&#39;s phase cancellation at work,  and it happens with stereo tracks and effects.&amp;nbsp; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;No faders above 0dbVU rule:&amp;nbsp; Remember, we calibrated the  board so the loudest sound of each track pegged at 0db (or we used a test tone)  and the board markers represent 0db.&amp;nbsp; Never move your fader over that mark.&amp;nbsp;  That&#39;s right.&amp;nbsp; Never. Cutting a signal is fine, go as low as you have to, but  never add gain at the fader (unless you have an ultra premium board that can do  this).&amp;nbsp; If you follow this you can make a great mix even on a cheap $200 mixer.  Just pretend that 10db of boost each channel has available does not exist and don&#39;t  go there.&amp;nbsp; If you find your vocal doesn&#39;t sound good unless its at +5db then  move everything down 5 db.&amp;nbsp; Conserve headroom.&amp;nbsp; You don&#39;t want your mix  compromised by that awful crackle at the peak of your song.&amp;nbsp; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;Side Note:&amp;nbsp; When people say &quot;Brand X&#39;s Mixer sounds like  crap&quot; its nearly always because they don&#39;t know how to mix and added too much gain.&amp;nbsp;  Yes, inexpensive mixers don&#39;t add gain well, but they pass through a signal without  gain perfectly and are able to subtract gain better than they can add it.&amp;nbsp;  Even $4,000 mixers have this issue.&amp;nbsp; There is only one place where gain should  be added--at the preamp&#39;s trim knob--and only add as much as you need, never more.&amp;nbsp;  Every other pathway should either let it pass through or subtract gain.&amp;nbsp; Be  really stingy about adding gain.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;Now you fine tune to taste.&amp;nbsp; Listen for the quality to &quot;lock&quot;.&amp;nbsp;  There is a definite point where this happens.&amp;nbsp; Suddenly it all falls into place,  given you have good material.&amp;nbsp; A great mix of a great song will fill you with  absolute elation.&amp;nbsp; You&#39;ll be blown away and in awe.&amp;nbsp; You will feel in  love with it.&amp;nbsp; No kidding. Might sound corny to the less mature among us, but  I assure you its true. A great artist friend of mine puts it this way.&amp;nbsp; Greatness  in art depends solely on how much love you put in to a work.&amp;nbsp; You put it in,  it pays you back, your friends back, and everyone who listens.&amp;nbsp; Moral of this  lesson.&amp;nbsp; Never take mixing and mastering lightly.&amp;nbsp; The tiniest fader movements  make a difference.&amp;nbsp; Be exacting!&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;style2&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;The Mix is a Dynamic, Moving  Process&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Assuming you are doing a real time  mix, don&#39;t just sit there while your mix goes to tape, or hard disk, or DAT.&amp;nbsp;  If you are using a board, assign the faders to &lt;b&gt;groups.&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp; For example,  if you have 4 subgroups you might want to send your vocal tracks to groups 1 and  2 and everything else to 3 and 4.&amp;nbsp; This way you can slightly alter the balance  between the vocalists and the band as the piece goes to tape.&amp;nbsp; This technique,  while tricky, can yield outstanding results.&amp;nbsp; You can give the vocalist a touch  more edge just when they need that oomph and when the vocalist takes a break you  can subtly boost the band a bit.&amp;nbsp; If you have 8 busses you might dedicate 5  and 6 just to drums and 7 and 8 just to effects, nudging each as is appropriate.&amp;nbsp;  If you have a digital mixer, this is where you want to automate.&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;The Role of Compression at Mixdown&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;First of all, if you plan to have  your material professionally mastered, &lt;i&gt;don&#39;t &lt;/i&gt;add compression at mixdown.  A professional mastering engineer will have a better compressor than you do and  they cannot remove the layer of compression you add.&amp;nbsp; Just get the mix sounding  great without compression, record the mix so it&#39;s top peak is several db below 0db.&amp;nbsp;  Let them make it louder, that&#39;s their job.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;But if you are not sending the  piece off for mastering, and aren&#39;t going to add a pass later through mastering  processors, then, yes, patch in the compressor at mixdown or do a separate pass  later with the mixed file. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;On it&#39;s way to the recording device,  you can patch a compressor/ limiter/gate.&amp;nbsp; The Gate simply cuts out any audio  below a certain threshold so that any hiss or noise coming from your synths or mixer  is eliminated before the music starts.&amp;nbsp; The limiter keeps your peaks under  a certain fixed level and will not let them go higher.&amp;nbsp; A Compressor is a volume  slope applied to the audio material going through it.&amp;nbsp; It can amplify the &quot;valleys&quot;  and attenuate the &quot;peaks&quot;.&amp;nbsp; Essentially compression reduces the dynamic range  we have just struggle to achieve in our mix.&amp;nbsp; You might wonder why you would  want that.&amp;nbsp; In many circumstances, you don&#39;t want it.&amp;nbsp; However, in the  majority of cases you will find it useful, especially if you want your music to  be &quot;hot&quot;, &quot;have punch&quot; &quot;be as loud as possible&quot;, or have the consistency of a radio  mix.&amp;nbsp; The stereo compressor also helps balance the song and give it a uniform  character we are so used to hearing in commercial music.&amp;nbsp; It essentially gives  you the strongest and smoothest mix and calms down some of the &#39;jaggged edges&#39; that  might disturb the casual listener.&amp;nbsp; However, it is also very easy to make a  mix totally lifeless with a compressor and reduce its dynamic power.&amp;nbsp; What  started as a powerful orchestral arrangement can end up a wimpy piece of Mall Muzak  so be careful and bypass it frequently to make sure you like what you are tweaking  up.&amp;nbsp; I think compression works well to attenuate that occasional peak that  rips through the roof of a digital audio recorder and ruins the track. Also if you  have the cash for a fine analog tube compressor. or even a high quality compressor  plugin, there is lots of magic you can do at this stage.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;The Role of the Software/Hardware Mastering processor&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Hardware mastering processors are  becoming less popular, now that there are software models of classic compressors  and eqs.&amp;nbsp; We will cover those in one of the next classes. Yet the hardware  processors are serious tools and are particularly useful for a hardware based recording  studio with an analog mixer.&amp;nbsp; If you have one, you might consider using that  in lieu of a compressor at mixdown as mastering processors usually have all the  functions and additional functions such as &lt;i&gt;mastering eq&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;multi-band compression&lt;/i&gt;  as well as &lt;i&gt;compressors&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;limiters&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;gates&lt;/i&gt;.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; These  mastering tools can go a long way to giving your music a unique sonic imprint.&amp;nbsp;  There are many uses.&amp;nbsp; In addition to adding the refining touch to your mix  as it goes to the recorder, it can be used to give all your songs on an album a  consistent uniform character and balance the volume between widely different songs  giving your project a professional touch.&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;Using narrow band mid range eqs can give you a very contemporary  sounding presence and make your dance tracks come alive with freshness.&amp;nbsp; Pumping  the compressor a little at 50-60hz can give you the &quot;kick in the chest&quot; kik drum  without wrecking the delicate dynamics of the high end vocals. There are many more  applications such as using them to send midi tracks to your digital audio mixer  compressed optimally, ducking for voice overs, de-essing, warming through &quot;tape  saturation&quot; parameters and Hard Gate effects on individual tracks.&amp;nbsp; Remember  Tweakheadz rule of thumb:&amp;nbsp; Any piece of gear can be used in any way as long  as it enhances the quality of the final product. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Software Mastering and Post-Production&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;A good digital audio sequencer  will let you master in the digital domain of your computer.&amp;nbsp; ou can do it in  any digital audio application that lets you add plugin processors.&amp;nbsp; Its a good  idea to use one of the major sequencers that has mix automation and you can automate  your way to you master just as you did with your mix. &lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;Volume automation:&lt;/b&gt;  The main thing is to be able to draw a volume envelope over the whole waveform.&amp;nbsp;  Rather than botch a fade 20 times on an analog mixer, simply draw in the perfect  fade with the mouse.&amp;nbsp; Where the piece loses intensity, notch it up a tad, to  restore your intended dynamism to your mix.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &lt;b&gt;Splicing and Crossfading: &lt;/b&gt;Say you have the perfect mix except for one horrible &quot;sp-p-p-lat&quot; where your  sequencer choked at bar 72. No prob.&amp;nbsp; Just remix the offending bar again, cut  out that piece in your sequencer and drop in the new one and let the automatic crossfading  give you the absolutely perfect, digitally calculated crossfaded splice.&amp;nbsp; Works!&amp;nbsp;  Need to touch up the EQ and do your compression in software? Tweak it in. It&#39;s all  undoable, so your not going to ruin anything.&amp;nbsp; Decided the mix you did last  year really sux? You need to cut out a chorus or fade 5 seconds earlier? Say you  did a trance piece but the kick is so wimp that it makes you cringe?&amp;nbsp; Just  drag in a looped 808 kik and paint it on the next track, setting the volume and  compression to make the whole song whupass.&amp;nbsp; :)&amp;nbsp; Your sequencer has the  tools. Its just a matter of knowing the right mouseclicks.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;The Final Touch&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;You&#39;ve worked hard on a song, maybe  several weeks, maybe longer.&amp;nbsp; Its now in final form, just a matter of the last  transfer to DAT, Tape, Wave or CD. Here we enter into the subtlest, but arguably,  most far reaching of your tweaks.&amp;nbsp; Sometimes it makes sense to compare the  quality of masters to metals.&amp;nbsp; Do you want a mix of raw iron?&amp;nbsp; Steel?&amp;nbsp;  Silver?&amp;nbsp; Gold?&amp;nbsp; Of course we choose gold for most things.&amp;nbsp; Gold is  firm, strong, yet soft, malleable, pleasing.&amp;nbsp; This takes you right to the heart  of the digital vs. analog controversy.&amp;nbsp; And you no doubt have heard the advice  &quot;use your ears!&quot;. And perhaps you&#39;ve heard of engineers said to have &quot;golden ears&quot;,  indeed a point of much pomp and egosity in the field.&amp;nbsp; What does the golden  eared producer have that you don&#39;t?&amp;nbsp; Listen close now, here&#39;s a secret, your  reward for reading so far.&amp;nbsp; What they have is an aural image in their minds  of how things can sound beautiful, and they have the gear that allows them to get  the audio to that place in their heads.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Think about that OK?&amp;nbsp; It&#39;s  like religion. The believers all see a truth that is obvious that no one else can.&amp;nbsp;  Is your audio like velvet?&amp;nbsp; Silk?&amp;nbsp; Or is it more like uncomfortable rayon,  or dull like flannel or harsh like sandpaper.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;The final touch is never easy.&amp;nbsp;  You are also fighting with &quot;the audience in your head&quot; on how something should sound.&amp;nbsp;  Finally, you have been working on it so long you might NOT be hearing what it really  is as your brain is conditioned to filter what you want to hear.&amp;nbsp; If you can&#39;t  nail it by the 3rd or maybe 4th play in a session, can it for the rest of the day.&amp;nbsp;  Bring everything up to spec as close as you can and come back tomorrow.&amp;nbsp; The  most important factor in the final touch is not gear; it&#39;s the interaction between  your ear and your mind.&amp;nbsp; Yet having good gear at this stage helps your ear  and mind &quot;find&quot; that doorway to quality, where you blow yourself away into sonic  ecstasy, and your final master communicates that to everyone who hears it.&amp;nbsp;  This, my friends is the &quot;holy grail&quot; of audio.&amp;nbsp; It&#39;s where a song becomes more  than a song, it&#39;s an adventure, a voyage, a statement.&amp;nbsp; I wish you happy journeys.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Summing Up&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Whether you are writing industrial  hardcore or the darkest ambient, a 100 piece orchestra or a stark minimalist &lt;i&gt; a capella&lt;/i&gt; mix, always keep your ears tuned to making an artistic statement,  a work of unforgettable beauty.&amp;nbsp; This is the bottom line.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; The more  control your Mixer gives you, the better you can paint the overall image.&amp;nbsp;  Working with compressors and mastering processors gives you a shot a polishing that  image much like we polish a stone to bring out its colors.&amp;nbsp; Hope this article  helped you get a handle on the concepts of the perfect Mix, mastering and post-production,  and the Final Touch.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;margin2&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tweakheadz.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.tweakheadz.com/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/feeds/4528184575773280528/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/perfect-mix.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/4528184575773280528'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3701021312478956802/posts/default/4528184575773280528'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://mixingrecompilations.blogspot.com/2011/04/perfect-mix.html' title='The Perfect Mix'/><author><name>ML</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16272652193115618497</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry></feed>